BCAM INTERNATIONAL INC
POS AM, 1997-09-04
ENGINEERING SERVICES
Previous: FIRST PHILIPPINE FUND INC, DEF 14A, 1997-09-04
Next: BCAM INTERNATIONAL INC, S-3, 1997-09-04




     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 4, 1997

                                                       Registration No. 33-38204
================================================================================

                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                           --------------------------

                       POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 13 ON
                                  FORM SB-2 TO
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                   ON FORM S-1
                                      Under
                           The Securities Act of 1933

                           --------------------------

                            BCAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

    New York                          8911                      13-3228375
(State or other           (Primary Standard Industrial       (I.R.S. Employer
jurisdiction of            Classification Code Number)    Identification Number)
incorporation or
 organization)

                             1800 Walt Whitman Road
                            Melville, New York 11747
                                 (516) 752-3550
                              (516) 752-3558 (fax)
              (Address and telephone number of principal executive
                    offices and principal place of business)

        ----------------------------------------------------------------

                     Michael Strauss, Chairman of the Board
                            BCAM International, Inc.
                             1800 Walt Whitman Road
                            Melville, New York 11747
                                 (516) 752-3550
                              (516) 752-3558 (fax)
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                   ------------------------------------------

                                   Copies to:

                            Norman M. Friedland, Esq.
                     Ruskin Moscou Evans & Faltischek, P.C.
                              170 Old Country Road
                             Mineola, New York 11501
                                 (516) 663-6600
                              (516) 663-6641 (fax)

                   ------------------------------------------

     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If the only  securities  being  registered  on this Form are being  offered
pursuant to dividend or interest  reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. [ ]
<PAGE>

     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933,  other than the  securities  offered only in  connection  with dividend or
interest reinvestment plans, check the following box. [ ]

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the  Prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================
                                                         Proposed Maximum     Proposed Maximum
                                         Amount to be     Offering Price     Aggregate Offering       Amount of
 Title of Securities to be Registered     Registered        Per Share              Price          Registration Fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>                 <C>               <C>                   <C>    
Redeemable Class B Warrants (a)....        807,659             1.50              1,211,489             $367.12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redeemable Class E Warrants (a)....        491,588             1.25               614,485              $186.21
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Issuable Upon Exercise
of Redeemable Class B Warrants (b)         969,191             (e)                  (e)                  (e)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Issuable Upon Exercise
of Redeemable Class E Warrants (c)         540,747             (f)                  (f)                  (f)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Issued in Connection
with Stock Options Issued to               875,000           1.00744              881,510              $267.12
Consultants ( d)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Registration Fee..................................................................................$820.45(g)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(a)  2,530,000  Redeemable  Class B Warrants  were issuable upon the exercise of
     2,530,000  Redeemable  Class A Warrants and  2,530,000  Redeemable  Class E
     Warrants were registered by the original  Registration  Statement  declared
     effective  February  11, 1991 and by  Amendment  No. 3 (November  27, 1991)
     thereof.  As of June 30,  1997,  807,659  Redeemable  Class B Warrants  and
     491,588 Redeemable Class E Warrants remain outstanding.

(b)  2,783,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of the Redeemable
     Class B Warrants were  originally  registered by the Original  Registration
     Statement  declared.  As of June 30, 1997,  969,191  shares of Common Stock
     remain  issuable upon the exercise of 807,659  Redeemable  Class B Warrants
     that are outstanding.

(c)  2,783,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of the Redeemable
     Class E Warrants and such shares were originally registered by the original
     Registration  Statement  declared  effective  February  11,  1991,  and  by
     Amendment  No. 3 (November  27, 1991)  thereof.  Subsequent  conversion  of
     1,717,000  Redeemable  Class A Warrants into 1,717,000  Redeemable  Class E
     Warrants per the Discounted  Warrant plan provide the issuance of 1,888,700
     shares  of  Common  Stock  upon  the  exercise  of the  Redeemable  Class E
     Warrants.  As of June 30,  1997,  540,747  shares  of Common  Stock  remain
     issuable upon the exercise of 491,588  Redeemable Class E Warrants that are
     outstanding.

(d)  875,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise  of  875,000
     options issued to consultants.

(e)  Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Redeemable Class B Warrants.  No
     separate filing fee required.

(f)  Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Redeemable Class E Warrants.  No
     separate filing fee required.

(g)  Fees  relating to items (a),  (b),  and (c) and to Common  Stock  issued in
     connection with January 15, 1997 and July 21, 1997 private  placements were
     paid upon filing of the  Registration  Statement and the SB-2  Registration
     Statement.

     THE REGISTRANT  HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
<PAGE>

                            BCAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Item Number                 Caption in Form SB-2                      Location in Prospectus
- -----------                 --------------------                      ----------------------
<S>         <C>                                                    <C>
     1.     Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside     Cover of Prospectus
            Front Cover Page of Prospectus.....................

     2.     Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of           Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
            Prospectus.........................................    Page of Prospectus

     3.     Summary Information and Risk Factors...............    Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors

     4.     Use of Proceeds....................................    Use of Proceeds; Agreements

     5.     Determination of Offering Price....................    Underwriter; Agreements

     6.     Dilution...........................................    Dilution

     7.     Selling Security Holders...........................    Not Applicable

     8.     Plan of Distribution...............................    Plan of Distribution

     9.     Legal Proceedings..................................    Business - Legal Proceedings

    10.     Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and           Management
            Control Persons....................................

    11.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners        Principal Stockholders
            and Management.....................................

    12.     Description of Securities..........................    Description of Securities

    13.     Interest of Named Experts and Counsel..............    Not Applicable

    14.     Disclosure of Commission Position on
            Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities.....    Not Applicable

    15.     Organization Within Last Five Years................    Business

    16.     Description of Business............................    Business

    17.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Plan of        Management's Discussion and Analysis
            Operation..........................................

    18.     Description of Property............................    Business - Properties

    19.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.....    Certain Transactions

    20.     Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder
            Matters............................................    Risk Factors

    21.     Executive Compensation.............................    Management - Executive Compensation

    22.     Financial Statements...............................    Financial Statements

    23.     Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on
            Accounting and Financial Disclosures...............    Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS

                            BCAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

       807,659 Redeemable Class B Warrants Expiring on January 18, 1998(a)

       491,588 Redeemable Class E Warrants Expiring on January 18, 1998(b)

            969,191 Shares of Common Stock Issuable Upon Exercise of
                         Redeemable Class B Warrants(c)

            540,747 Shares of Common Stock Issuable Upon Exercise of
                         Redeemable Class E Warrants(c)

            875,000 Shares of Common Stock Issuable upon the Exercise
                          of 875,000 Stock Options(d)

     (a) 807,659  Redeemable Class B Warrants  expiring on January 18, 1998 were
issued in December 1993,  upon the exercise of Redeemable  Class A Warrants that
were issued and sold as part of the Company's initial public offering ("IPO") in
January,  1990 (Registration No. 33-31282).  The expiration date of the warrants
was extended  from January 17, 1997 to January 18, 1998 by unanimous  resolution
of the Board of Directors on December 20, 1996. Each Redeemable  Class B Warrant
currently  entitles the registered holder thereof to purchase one and two-tenths
(1.2) shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share (subject to
adjustment upon the occurrence of certain anti-dilution  events). The Redeemable
Class B Warrants are subject to  redemption  by the Company at $.05 per Warrant,
on not less than 30 days' prior written notice if the average  exercise price of
the Common Stock exceeds the applicable average closing bid price for any period
of 30  consecutive  business days ending within 15 days prior to the date of the
notice of the redemption.

     (b)  491,588  Redeemable  Class E  Warrants  (initially  registered  by the
Company  in  November,   1991   [Registration   No.   33-38204,   Post-Effective
Registration No. 3]) were issued during a 70 day period ending February 19, 1992
(the "Special Class A Exercise  Period")  pursuant to a Discounted  Warrant Plan
which  provided that a holder of a Redeemable  Class A Warrant who exercised his
right to purchase the Common Stock  during the Special  Class A Exercise  Period
would  receive a Redeemable  Class E Warrant.  Each  Redeemable  Class E Warrant
currently  entitles the registered  holder thereof to purchase one and one-tenth
(1.1) shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (subject to
adjustment  upon the occurrence of certain  anti-dilution  events) until January
18, 1998. See  "Description  of Securities - Redeemable  Class E Warrants).  The
Redeemable Class E Warrants are subject to redemption by the Company at $.05 per
Warrant,  on not less than 30 days' prior written notice if the average exercise
price of the Common Stock exceeds the applicable  average  closing bid price for
any period of 30  consecutive  business  days ending within 15 days prior to the
date of the notice of the redemption

     (c) 969,191 shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon exercise of the
Redeemable Class B Warrants and 540,747 shares of Common Stock that are issuable
upon exercise of the Redeemable Class E Warrants.

     (d) The  Company  granted  an  aggregate  of  875,000  options  to  several
consultants  and a former joint venture partner and will issue 875,000 shares of
Common Stock upon the exercise of such options at the following  exercise prices
(i) 300,000  stock  options at $1.0469 with an  expiration  date of May 7, 1999;
(ii)  100,000  stock  options at $1.1719 with an  expiration  date of August 20,
2006;  (iii) 100,000 stock options at $1.69 with an expiration  date of July 21,
1999; (iv) 300,000 stock options at $.75 with an expiration date of May 7, 1999,
(v) 45,000 options at $.75 with an expiration  date of May 7, 1999,  (vi) 25,000
options at $.75 with an expiration  of May 7, 1999,  (vii) 5,000 options at $.75
with an expiration of May 7, 1999.

     The Company is not aware of any underwriting  arrangements  with respect to
the sale of the securities to which this Prospectus relates. The Common Stock is
traded from time to time on the Boston  Stock  Exchange and the Common Stock and
the Redeemable  Class B Warrants and the Redeemable  Class E Warrants are traded
in the NASDAQ Over-The-Counter market (Small Cap) at prices then prevailing.


                                       1
<PAGE>

     The Company will receive  proceeds from any exercise of the options and the
Warrants described (see "Use of Proceeds").

     The  representative  average  of the  high  and low bid  quotations  of the
Company's  Common Stock on June 30, 1997, as reported on NASDAQ (symbol:  BCAM),
is $.78 per  share.  (See  "Market  for  Company's  Common  Equity  and  Related
Stockholder Matters").

     THESE  SECURITIES  ARE  SUBJECT  TO A HIGH  DEGREE OF RISK AND  SUBSTANTIAL
DILUTION. SEE "RISK FACTORS AND DILUTION."

     THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE  ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.

                 The date of this Prospectus is September 4, 1997.

     No dealer,  salesman or any other  person has been  authorized  to give any
information or to make any  representation or projections of future  performance
other than those contained in this Prospectus,  and any such other  information,
projections or  representation if given or made must not be relied upon as being
authorized by the Company.  The delivery of this Prospectus or any offer or sale
hereunder at any time does not imply that the  information  herein is correct as
of any time  subsequent to the date hereof or that there has not been any change
in the affairs of the Company since the date hereof.  This  Prospectus  does not
constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation  of an offer to buy any securities
other than those to which it relates or any of the securities  offered hereby in
any  jurisdiction  to any  person to whom it is  unlawful  to make such offer or
solicitation.


                                       2
<PAGE>

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION
                              ---------------------

     The  Company  has  filed  with  the  Commission  in  Washington,   D.C.,  a
Registration  Statement  on Form  SB-2  under the 1933 Act with  respect  to the
Common Stock offered by this  Prospectus.  This  Prospectus does not contain all
the  information  set  forth  in the  Registration  Statement  and the  exhibits
thereto,  For further  information with respect to the Company and the Company's
Common Stock, reference is made to the Registration Statement and such exhibits.
Statements  in the  Prospectus  as to the  contents  of any  contract  or  other
document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference
is made to the copy of such  contract or other  document  filed as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement,  each such statement being qualified in all respects
by such reference.  The Company is subject to the informational  requirements of
the  Exchange  Act,  and  in  accordance  therewith,  files  reports  and  other
information  with the  Commission.  The  Registration  Statement,  the  exhibits
thereto  and such  reports  and other  information  may be  inspected  by anyone
without  charge  at the  principal  officer  of  the  Commission  at the  Public
Reference  Section of the Commission at Room 1024,  Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth
Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  and at the  regional  offices  of the
Commission  located at Seven World Trade  Center,  New York,  New York 10048 and
Northwestern  Atrium  Center,  500 West  Madison  Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,
Illinois  60661  and  copies of all or any part of it may be  obtained  from the
Commission  upon payment of a prescribed fee. The Company's Class A Common Stock
is  quoted  on the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market  and  reports  and  other  information
concerning  the  Company may also be  inspected  and copied at the office of the
NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc., NASDAQ Operations,  1735 K Street, N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549.  The Commission  also  maintains a web site that contains  reports,
proxy and  information  statements  and other  information  that may be obtained
electronically   by  using  the   Commission's  Web  Site  on  the  Internet  at
http://www.sec.gov.


                                       3
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The following summary information is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the more  detailed  information,  financial  statements  and notes  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Each prospective  investor is urged to reach this
Prospectus  in  its  entirety.   Unless  the  context  requires  otherwise,  all
references to "BCAM" and the "Company"  herein  include its  subsidiaries.  This
Prospectus   contains   forward-looking   statements   that  involve  risks  and
uncertainties.  When used in this Prospectus, the words "anticipate," "believe,"
"estimate"  and "expect"  and other  similar  expressions  as they relate to the
Company  or  its  management  are  intended  to  identify  such  forward-looking
statements.  The Company's  actual  results could differ  materially  from those
discussed  herein.  Factors that could cause or contribute  to such  differences
include,   but  are  not  limited  to,  those   discussed  in  "Risk   Factors,"
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations"  and  "Business,"  as  well as  those  discussed  elsewhere  in this
prospectus. As used in this Prospectus,  "fiscal year" refers to the fiscal year
ending December 31 of the specifically identified calendar year.

                                   THE COMPANY

     BCAM International,  Inc. (the "Company") is a software technology company,
specializing  in ergonomic  (human  factor)  solutions  for major  corporations,
individuals,  and government.  Recently, the Company completed its restructuring
by focusing on (i)  accelerating  the development and  commercialization  of the
Company's   Intelligent   Surface  Technology   ("IST"),   (ii)  continuing  its
development of proprietary  software,  which consists of the intelligent part of
"IST",  MQPro(TM)  (formerly  Mannequin(R)),  and the  EARLY(R)  process,  (iii)
building its ergonomic consulting services business, which consists of Ergonomic
Product  Assessment and Redesign,  and Ergonomic  Workplace  Assessment and (iv)
emphasizing a strategy of broadening and  strengthening  business  relationships
such as joint ventures, partnerships,  licenses and other alliances. The Company
continues  to  believe  that its  ergonomic  consulting  services  have been and
continue  to be the  engine  that  drives  new  product  ideas and with it,  the
potential of royalty income, as well as new product and service offerings.


                                       4
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    THE OFFER

Securities Offered..................... 807,659 Redeemable Class B Warrants and
                                        969,191 shares of Common Stock issuable
                                        upon exercise of Redeemable Class B
                                        Warrants;

                                        491,588 Redeemable Class E Warrants and
                                        540,747 shares of Common Stock issuable
                                        upon exercise of Redeemable Class E
                                        Warrants;

                                        875,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
                                        upon the exercise of 875,000 stock
                                        options by consultants and a former
                                        joint venture partner.

                                        Each Redeemable Class B Warrant may be
                                        exercised until January 18, 1998 to
                                        purchase one and two-tenths (1.2) shares
                                        of Common Stock at $1.50 per share until
                                        January 18, 1998. Each Redeemable Class
                                        E Warrant may be exercised until January
                                        18, 1998 to purchase one and one-tenth
                                        (1.1) shares of Common Stock at a price
                                        of $1.25. See "Description of Securities
                                        - Warrants" and "Recent Events -
                                        Discounted Warrant Plan." Stock options
                                        may be exercised as follows: (i) 300,000
                                        stock options at $1.0469 until May 7,
                                        1999; (ii) 100,000 stock options at
                                        $1.1719 until August 20, 2006; (iii)
                                        100,000 stock options at $1.69 until
                                        July 21, 1999; (iv) 300,000 stock
                                        options at .75 until May 7, 1999, (v)
                                        45,000 options at $.75 until May 7,
                                        1999, (vi) 25,000 options at $.75 until
                                        May 7, 1999, and (vii)5,000 options at
                                        $.75 until May 7, 1999.

Shares of Common Stock Outstanding
Before Offering........................ 15,954,733 (1)

Shares of Stock Outstanding After
Offering............................... 18,339,671 (1)

Use of Proceeds........................ For general working capital purposes.
                                        (See "Use of Proceeds")

Risk Factors .......................... Investment in the securities offered
                                        hereby involves a high degree of risk
                                        and immediate and substantial dilution.
                                        See "Risk Factors" and "Dilution."

NASDAQ Symbols......................... Common Stock - BCAM
                                        Redeemable Class B Warrants - BCAML
                                        Redeemable Class E Warrants - BCAMZ

Boston Stock Exchange Symbol........... Common Stock - BAM

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       5
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Does not  include  (i) shares of Common  Stock  issuable  under  options to
     acquire  an  aggregate  of  432,000  shares  (net  of   cancellations   and
     exercises),  issued under the Company's  1989 Stock Option Plan, as amended
     (the "1989 Plan"),  (ii) shares of Common Stock  issuable upon the exercise
     of options  granted to  non-management  directors  under the Company's 1989
     Non-Statutory  Stock Option Plan (the  "Non-Statutory  Plan"),  under which
     options to acquire an aggregate of 100,000 shares (net of cancellations and
     exercises)  have been  granted,  (iii)  2,000,000  shares  of Common  Stock
     reserved for issuance under the Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan (the "1995
     Plan"),  under which  options to acquire an aggregate  of 1,760,500  shares
     (net of  cancellations  and exercises) have been granted and (iv) 2,200,000
     shares  that have been  granted  to  Directors  and  Officers,  subject  to
     shareholder   approval.   See  (A)   "Management  -  Stock  Option  Plans",
     "Management - Director Compensation",  and "Principal Stockholders-Security
     Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."


                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

     The  summary  financial  data set forth below are  derived  from  financial
statements of the Company appearing  elsewhere in this Prospectus and from prior
years' Form 10K-SB.  The financial  statements for the six months ended June 30,
1996 and 1997 are  unaudited.  The  summary  financial  data  should  be read in
conjunction  with financial  statements  and notes thereto,  and to prior years'
Form 10K-SB.

                          Summary Financial Information
                      (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Six Months Ended
                                                  Year Ended December 31,                                    June 30,
                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------------
                         1992            1993             1994             1995          1996          1996          1997
                      ----------      -----------      -----------      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                    <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>       
  Statement of
  Operations Data:
  Net revenue ......       1,371            1,382            1,138              752           605           211           287
  Net loss .........      (2,228)(1)         (595)(2)       (2,389)(2)       (1,689)       (1,514)         (919)         (909)(1)
  Weighted average
  number of common
  shares and common
  equivalent shares
  outstanding ......   9,056,231       10,949,876       14,681,530       14,818,055    14,868,128    14,858,222    15,682,634
  Net loss per share       (0.25)(1)        (0.05)(2)        (0.16)(2)        (0.11)        (0.10)        (0.06)        (0.06)(1)

  Balance Sheet
  Data:
  Cash, cash
  equivalents and
  marketable
  securities .......         817            6,040            4,168            2,209           526         1,604           241
  Working capital ..         719            6,261            3,718            2,156           597         1,196           667
  Total assets .....       1,721            6,975            5,088            3,034         1,305         2,340         1,559
  Long term debt ...          --                                                               --                          --

  Stockholder's
  equity ...........       1,166(3)         6,661(3)         4,252            2,604         1,015         1,644         1,161(3)
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       6
<PAGE>

Notes:

(1)  The net  loss for 1992  includes  the  financial  results  of the  HumanCad
     division.  The HumanCad division was discontinued on February 23, 1993. Net
     loss includes a loss from discontinued  operations of $1,247,270 in 1992 or
     $.14 per share. In March 1997,  after one year of  beta-testing  and market
     studies,  the Company relaunched the marketing of MQPro(TM) (formerly known
     as Mannequin(R))  through its HumanCAD(R) division. As of June 30, 1997 the
     HumanCAD division had sales of $54,876.


(2)  In years 1993 and 1994, the Company's  investment of approximately  $72,000
     in a  partnership  was written  off  ($17,000 in 1994 and $55,000 in 1993).
     ErgoRisk  Services,  Inc. (Canada) was purchased for $65,000 to effectively
     terminate a joint venture, and was subsequently written off in 1994.

(3)  The Company completed Private  Placements in 1992 and 1993 and in the first
     quarter of 1997 which increased the amount of stockholder`s equity.


                                       7
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

     The  securities  offered hereby are  speculative in nature,  involve a high
degree of risk,  and should only be made by investors who can afford the loss of
their entire investment. Each prospective investor should carefully consider the
following  risks,  as well as others  described  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus,
before  purchasing the  securities  offered  hereby.  This  Prospectus  contains
forward-looking  statements  which  involve risks and  uncertainties.  When used
herein, the words "anticipate,"  "believe," "estimate," and "expect" and similar
expressions  as they relate to the  Company or its  management  are  intended to
identify  such  forward-looking   statements.   The  Company's  actual  results,
performance or achievements  could differ  materially from the results  expected
in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or
contribute to such  differences  include those  discussed in the following  risk
factors.

     OPERATING HISTORY;  OPERATING LOSSES. The Company is a software  technology
company  specializing  in ergonomic  solutions for  individuals,  government and
major corporations,  and has incurred operating losses since its inception.  The
Company reported a net loss of $ 908,678 for the six month period ended June 30,
1997,  and net losses of $1,514,140  and  $1,689,480  for the fiscal years ended
December  31,  1996 and 1995.  Since  inception,  the  Company  has  accumulated
deficits.  As of June 30, 1997, the  accumulated  deficit was $ 14,109,968.  The
Company's   operations  are  subject  to  numerous  risks  associated  with  the
establishment  and  development of a business and the  commercialization  of new
technologies.  The Company expects to continue to incur  operating  losses until
the completion of the development and commercialization of its technologies. The
Company is aggressively  pursuing its consulting  business by strengthening  its
sales and marketing activities and its HumanCAD(R) Division through the sales of
its MQPro(TM) (formerly  Mannequin(R)) software and development of other related
ergonomic software products.  In addition,  as part of the company's strategy to
diversify by acquisition, as well as through the internal development of its own
products,  the  Company  is  acquiring  all of the  capital  stock of Drew  Shoe
Corporation ("Drew Shoe"), a designer, manufacturer, marketer and distributor of
proprietary  brand medical footwear located in Lancaster,  Ohio. There can be no
assurance that the Company will achieve or sustain profitable operations through
the Drew Shoe acquisition or through  broadening and  strengthening  development
and  commercialization  of its  technologies or through growth of its consulting
business, and software division.

     DISCRETION IN USE OF PROCEEDS  DESIGNATED FOR WORKING CAPITAL.  The Company
     will have broad discretion with respect to the application of the proceeds.
While such funds are to be applied for working  capital and general  purposes in
furtherance of the Company's  business,  investors will be reliant on management
as to the specific applications of the proceeds.

     NO  ESTABLISHED  MARKETS.  Although  the Company  believes it has the right
products and services for the market place,  there can be no assurance  that the
Company's  potential clients will find the Company's services or products of the
type provided or proposed by the Company to be desirable or of economic value.

     RISKS OF  EXPANSION.  The  Company  has  incurred  and  continues  to incur
significant  expenses  to attract  and retain  qualified  management  personnel,
engineers, scientists, and ergonomists, for marketing and sales, and development
activities.  The Company's  expenses may exceed its revenues  until such time as
the volume and profitability of its business increase to the extent necessary to
offset these expenses.

     DEPENDENCE ON MAJOR  CUSTOMERS.  During the fiscal year ended  December 31,
1996, L.A. Rumbold Ltd., The Long Island Lighting Company  ("LILCO") and Stanley
Tools,  Inc.  accounted  for 38%,  18% and 18%,  respectively,  and 74%,  in the
aggregate  of the  Company's  net revenue.  No  assurance  can be given that the
Company  will  continue to be retained  by any of its major  clients  beyond the
current  projects  or that such  clients  will retain the Company for any future
services.  During the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995, BE Aerospace,  Inc.,
Remington Arms Company, Inc. and Reebok International, Ltd. ("Reebok") accounted
for 29%, 12% and 11% respectively,  and 52%, in the aggregate,  of the Company's
net revenues.

     EFFECT OF STATE OF ECONOMY.  The market for the  Company's  services may be
adversely affected by a recession or other economic downturn. During an economic
recession, such services may be considered


                                       8
<PAGE>

discretionary and delays in commencing  ergonomic  programs are possible.  These
factors are not within the control of the Company.

     GROWTH LIMITATIONS INHERENT IN SERVICE PORTION OF BUSINESS. The specialized
ergonomic  consulting  services and software products  typically provided by the
Company  require  significant  time and  attention  of the  Company's  technical
personnel.  Accordingly,  the  Company's  ability  to deliver  such  specialized
services is limited by the  relatively few qualified  personnel  employed by the
Company, at any given time, to perform these services.

     FIXED PRICE CONTRACTS.  The ergonomic  consulting  services provided by the
Company  are often  offered to clients on a fixed  price  basis.  In setting its
price for services,  the Company  seeks to estimate the technical  staff's hours
that will be required to provide  the  services.  To the extent that the Company
underestimates  the total hours that will be  required to satisfy the  contract,
the Company could realize a loss on any particular contract or contracts.

     LIMITED  RIGHTS TO CERTAIN  PRODUCTS.  In certain  cases,  the  Company may
develop  products  for its  clients in  response  to a specific  request of such
client.  In such cases, the client may fund all or a significant  portion of the
Company's  development  costs.  Although the Company  believes  that it owns the
rights to develop any products  derived from work performed,  including  certain
products under  development  by the Company,  no assurance can be given that any
client which has retained the Company will not in the future assert the right to
restrict the Company's  activities  with respect to any technology  developed or
claim rights to products sought to be commercialized by the Company.

     LACK  OF  PATENT  PROTECTION;   RELIANCE  ON  TRADE  SECRET  AND  COPYRIGHT
PROTECTION.  The Company has  obtained  seven  issued  patents (six U.S. and one
European)  and  received a Notice of  Allowance  on one  patent  from the patent
office related to Intelligent Surface Technology. There can be no assurance that
its  technologies  are entitled to patent  protection  or that the claims in the
pending patent applications (currently four) will be issued as patents, that any
issued patents will provide the Company with significant competitive advantages,
or that challenges will not be instituted against the validity or enforceability
of any patents owned by the Company or, if instituted, that such challenges will
not be successful. The cost of litigation to uphold the validity of a patent and
prevent   infringement  can  be  substantial  even  if  the  Company   prevails.
Furthermore,  there  can be no  assurance  that  others  will not  independently
develop  similar  technologies,  duplicate  the  Company's  technology or design
around the patented aspects of the Company's technology or that the Company will
not infringe on patents or other rights owned by third parties.

     The Company protects its proprietary written material,  know-how,  computer
software  and  technology  which  it has  or may  develop,  through  the  use of
copyrights,  common-law trade secret  protection,  trademarks and service marks,
and  contractual  arrangements.  These laws  provide  only  limited  protection,
however,  since they do not protect the "ideas" or "concepts"  reflected in such
materials  or  software,  but only  protect  the  expression  of the  "ideas" or
"concepts"  contained  therein.  While the Company  enters into  confidentiality
arrangements  with its  employees,  consultants  and  customers,  and implements
various  measures to maintain  "trade secret"  protection for its products in an
attempt to maintain  the  proprietary  nature of its  products,  there can be no
assurance  that these  measures  will be  successful.  Accordingly,  there is no
assurance that competitors may not develop products, materials or software which
perform similar or identical  functions as the Company's products or proprietary
software  without  infringing  upon the Company's  copyrights or violating trade
secret laws.  The legal and factual  issues arising in copyright or trade secret
litigation  are often both  complex  and  unclear and any attempt to enforce the
Company's  rights  thereunder will face both the high cost of litigation and the
uncertainty of the result.

     GOVERNMENT  REGULATION.  The Company  does not believe that its present and
currently proposed  activities are generally subject to any material  government
regulation in the United States or other countries.  It is possible that certain
products  developed by the Company in the future as an adjunct to its  principal
ergonomics business,  might be deemed under new legislation or regulations to be
"medical  devices" or  otherwise be subject to the  jurisdiction  of the Federal
Food and Drug Administration or similar agencies.  In the event that any product
is subject to such  governmental  regulation,  the  Company  will be required to
obtain


                                       9
<PAGE>

any necessary  approvals  which could delay or, in certain  circumstances,  even
prevent  the  introduction  to the  marketplace  of such  product  and result in
significant expense.

     RETENTION OF KEY PERSONNEL; LIMITED EXPERIENCE WITH COMPANY. The company is
dependent  upon the  services  of  Michael  Strauss,  the  President  and  Chief
Operating  Officer,  Chairman  of the Board of  Directors  and  Chief  Executive
Officer  of the  Company,  Robert  Wong,  the Vice  Chairman,  Chief  Technology
Officer, Acting Secretary and Acting Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and
Norman  Wright,  the Vice  Chairman  of the  Company  and  President  and  Chief
Executive  Officer of the "HumanCad(R)"  Systems Division of the Company.  There
can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to retain the services of its
key personnel, and the loss of the services such personnel could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business and prospects

     COMPETITION.   Although  management  believes  that  the  Company's  unique
technologies,  proprietary  software,  methodologies  and  know-how  give  it  a
competitive  advantage,  other  companies or agencies are  developing,  and have
developed,  particular  services and technologies  that are competitive with the
Company's  services and technology and that increased  competition is likely. It
is certain that some  competitors  will have  significantly  greater  financial,
technical and other  resources  than the Company.  Many of the large  industrial
companies,  especially major insurance  companies,  that form the primary market
for the  Company's  services may also seek to develop or have already  developed
their  own  ergonomic  programs.  Similar  services  may  also  be  supplied  by
universities,  hospitals,  government agencies or other entities,  many of which
may have substantially greater financial and other resources than the Company.

     POTENTIAL  LIABILITY;  INSURANCE  COVERAGE.  The  Company may be exposed to
liability  claims for injuries,  property  damage or other losses arising out of
improper  provision of services.  The Company currently has liability  insurance
for such losses which the Company  believes is  sufficient  to cover all claims.
However,  there  can be no  assurance  that it will  be  able to  maintain  such
coverage or obtain additional  coverage,  at a reasonable cost or otherwise,  or
that the coverage  that it has or that it may obtain will be sufficient to cover
any and all claims.  Although no claims have been asserted to date, in the event
that a claim is successfully asserted against the Company, such claim could have
a material adverse effect on the Company.

     OUTSTANDING  WARRANTS/OPTIONS.  As  of  June  30,  1997,  the  Company  had
outstanding  807,659 Redeemable Class B Warrants  exercisable at $1.50 per share
to purchase 969,191 shares of Common Stock,  491,588 Redeemable Class E Warrants
exercisable  at $1.25 per share to purchase  540,747  shares of Common Stock and
1,075,000  Non-Redeemable  Class AA  Warrants  exercisable  at $.65 per share to
purchase 1,075,000 shares of Common Stock. As of July 22, 1997, the Company also
had 50,000  Non-Redeemable  Class BB Warrants  outstanding  to  purchase  50,000
shares of Common Stock  exercisable at $1.03125 per share in connection with the
first $500,000 tranche of a potential financing of $1,500,000.  In addition, the
Company expects to exercise its option to utilize the second tranche of $500,000
by September 8, 1997, which will result in the issuance of an additional  50,000
Non-Redeemable  Class BB  Warrants.  Should the Company  choose to exercise  its
option to utilize the third  tranche of $500,000,  the Company will be obligated
to issue an additional 50,000 Non-Redeemable Class BB Warrants.  The Company has
also granted  stock  options to purchase an  aggregate  of 3,167,500  additional
shares of its  Common  Stock  (net of  exercises  and  cancellations)  including
875,000  options not part of the plans  described  in "Stock  Option  Plans" and
included in the shares being registered  herein, at exercise prices ranging from
$0.75  to  $1.69  per  share.   Of  these,   the  Company  has  granted  to  its
non-management  directors,  former directors and consultants options to purchase
an aggregate of 1,507,500  shares of its Common Stock at exercise prices ranging
from $0.75 to $3.22 per share.  Holders of options  and  warrants  are likely to
exercise  them when,  in all  likelihood,  the Company  could obtain  additional
capital on terms more favorable than those provided by such options or warrants.
Further,  while such options and warrants are  outstanding,  they may  adversely
affect  the  terms on which  the  Company  can  obtain  additional  capital.  In
addition,  future  sales of Common  Stock could  depress the market price of the
Company's Common Stock.

     IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION.  Purchasers of the Common Stock offered
herein will incur immediate dilution in net tangible book value at June 30, 1997
upon exercise of Redeemable  Class B,  Redeemable  Class E , and  Non-Redeemable
Class  AA  Warrants  of  approximately  $1.355,  $1.148,  and  $.55  per  share,
respectively,   and  $.908  upon  exercise  of  the  Stock  Options   Issued  to
Consultants, Directors, Officers and Employees.


                                       10
<PAGE>

     FINANCIAL  STANDARDS FOR CONTINUED  NASDAQ LISTING.  On August 22, 1997 the
Securities  Exchange  Commission approved NASDAQ proposed changes to its current
listing  criteria.  Under the proposed  rules,  for initial listing the Company,
generally, must have (i) net tangible assets of at least $4,000,000, or a market
capitalization of at least  $50,000,000,  or net income in two of the last three
years of $750,000;  (ii) a minimum of 1,000,000  shares  publicly held;  (iii) a
minimum of $5,000,000 in market value of public float;  (iv) a minimum bid price
of $4.00 per share; (v) a minimum of 300 shareholders; (vi) an operating history
of one year or a market capitalization of $50,000,000;  and (vii) implementation
of corporate  governance  requirements.  Under the proposed  rules for continued
listing,  the  Company,   generally,  must  have  (i)  net  tangible  assets  of
$2,000,000, or a market capitalization of at least $35,000,000, or net income in
two of the last  three  years of at least  $500,000;  (ii) a minimum  of 500,000
shares  publicly  held;  (iii) a minimum of $1,000,000 in market value of public
float;  (iv) a  minimum  bid  price of $1.00 per  share;  (v) a  minimum  of 300
shareholders;  and (vi)  implementation  of corporate  governance  requirements.
Companies  failing to satisfy the new  continued  listing  requirements  will be
allowed six months to meet this new requirement.

     Prior to August 22,  1997,  to maintain its listing on the NASDAQ Small Cap
market,  the  Company  must have in total  assets of at least $2M;  capital  and
surplus  of at least $1M and a  minimum  bid  price of $1 per  share,  provided,
however,  the  $1.00  bid  price  per  share is not  applicable  if the  Company
maintains a public  float of $1M and capital and surplus of $2M.  The  Company's
Common  Stock  currently  has a bid price of less  than  $1.00 per share and the
Company  does not have capital and surplus of  $2,000,000.  The Company has been
notified  by NASDAQ of such  non-compliance,  which must be  remedied  under the
compliance  requirements which were effective prior to August 22, 1997, and then
the Company  has six months to comply  with the post August 22, 1997  compliance
requirements.

     Upon completion of the financing  including the funding associated with the
Drew Shoe Acquisition and described herein, the Company believes that it will be
in compliance with the standards for continued  listing (both NASDAQ  compliance
requirements prior to as well as post August 22, 1997). The Company expects that
the proceeds from various  funding sources will be sufficient to cure the NASDAQ
requirements  described  herein  whether or not it is able to complete  the Drew
Shoe Acquisition.  There can be no assurance,  however, that the Company will in
fact be able to obtain  the  necessary  financing.  If the  Company is unable to
satisfy  NASDAQ's  maintenance  criteria,  trading,  if  any,  in the  Company's
securities  would be  conducted  in the  over-the-counter  market  in the  "pink
sheets" or the NASD's "Electronic Bulletin Board." As a consequence, an investor
would likely find it more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain quotations as to
the price of, the securities.


     PENNY STOCK REGULATION.  In the event that the Company is unable to satisfy
the  NASDAQ  maintenance  requirements,  trading  of the  Common  Stock  will be
conducted in the "pink sheets" or the NASD's  Electronic  Bulletin Board. In the
absence of the  Company's  securities  being  quoted on NASDAQ,  or the  Company
having  $2,000,000  in net  tangible  assets,  trading in the  securities  would
continue  to be covered by Rule 15g-9  promulgated  under the  Exchange  Act for
non-NASDAQ and non-exchange listed securities.  Under such rule,  broker-dealers
who recommend  such  securities to person other than  established  customers and
accredited  investors must make a special written suitability  determination for
the purchaser  and receive the  purchaser's  written  agreement to a transaction
prior to sale.  Securities  are exempt from this rule if the market  price is at
least $5.00 per share.

     The  Commission  has adopted  regulations  that  generally  define a "penny
stock" to be any equity  security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per
share, subject to certain exceptions. Such exceptions include an equity security
listed on NASDAQ  and an equity  security  issued by an issuer  that has (i) net
tangible  assets of at least  $2,000,000,  if such issuer has been in continuous
operation for three years, (ii) net tangible assets of at least  $5,000,000,  if
such issuer has been in continuous operation for less than three years, or (iii)
average revenue of at least $6,000,000 for the preceding three years.  Unless an
exception is  available,  the  regulations  require the  delivery,  prior to any
transaction  involving a penny stock,  of a disclosure  schedule  explaining the
penny stock market and the risks associated therewith.

     As a result the market  liquidity  for such  securities  has been  severely
affected by limiting the ability of broker-dealers to sell securities.  There is
no assurance  that trading in the  Company's  securities  will not be subject to
these or other  regulations  that  would  adversely  affect  the market for such
securities.

     NO  DIVIDENDS.  The Company has paid no cash  dividends on its Common Stock
since its inception and does not anticipate  paying cash dividends on its Common
Stock in the foreseeable future.


                                       11
<PAGE>

     MARKET  OVERHANG.  Future  sales of common  stock could  depress the market
price of the Company's common stock. Further, the options and warrants presently
outstanding could adversely affect the market for the Common Stock, and any sale
of the Common Stock  acquired  pursuant to such options and warrants  could also
depress the market price of the Common Stock.

     DREW SHOE  ACQUISITION.  The Company  intends to acquire all of the capital
stock of Drew Shoe. If the Company is not able to complete the acquisition,  the
Company will recognize as a one-time  charge  approximately  $500,000 in prepaid
expenses  associated  with the  acquisition.  If the Company  does  complete the
acquisition,  the goodwill  recognized will be amortized over the useful life of
assets  acquired.  There can be no assurance  that the company will complete the
acquisition

     NON-REGISTRATION IN CERTAIN JURISDICTIONS OF SHARES UNDERLYING WARRANTS AND
PREFERRED  STOCK.  Holders of the Warrants or  Preferred  Stock may reside in or
move to jurisdictions  in which the common shares  underlying the securities may
not be  registered  or otherwise  qualified  for sale during the period that the
securities are exercisable.  In this event, the Company would be unable to issue
common  shares  unless  and  until the  shares  could be  qualified  for sale in
jurisdictions  in  which  such  purchasers  reside,  or  an  exemption  to  such
qualification  exists in such  jurisdiction.  The Company has no  obligation  to
effect any such registration or qualification.  If the Company elects to attempt
such registration or qualification,  no assurances can be given that the Company
will  be  able  to  effect   any   required   registration   or   qualification.
Notwithstanding this, the Company intends to put forth its best efforts to cause
this registration  statement to be effective by approximately  November 7, 1997.
However,  no assurances  can be given that the statement will be effective on or
about that date. The Company has qualified the offering in the following states:
Alabama,  Connecticut,  Florida,  Georgia, Hawaii,  Illinois,  Kansas, Kentucky,
Louisiana,  Massachusetts,  Michigan,  Mississippi,  New Jersey, New York, Ohio,
Pennsylvania,  Rhode  Island,  Texas,  Utah,  West Virginia and  Wisconsin.  See
"Description of Securities".


                                       12
<PAGE>

                              SPECIAL RISK FACTORS

The following are special risk factors which the Company believes are related to
the Drew Shoe transaction if and when said transaction should occur.

     RELATIVE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RECENT  FINANCINGS.  On March 31, 1997 the
Company  completed  a  $1,075,000  Private  Placement  and on July 24,  1997 the
Company  completed  the first  tranche for  $500,000  of a potential  $1,500,000
financing.  The Company also expects to complete the second  tranche of $500,000
by  September  8, 1997.  In  addition,  the Company is  concurrently  working to
complete a Min/Max Private  Placement  consisting of $3,500,000 or 35,000 Shares
of the Company's Convertible  Preferred Stock on a "best efforts,  35,000 Shares
or none basis"(the "Min/Max Offering"). Kirr Marbach, a principal stockholder of
the Company, is arranging $1,000,000 of additional financing, the terms of which
are identical to the Min/Max Offering. The terms of the Min/Max Offering and the
Kirr  Marbach  offering  differ  from the prior  financings  and may differ from
future financings.

     REVOLVING  LINE OF CREDIT;  TERM LOAN.  In  conjunction  with the Drew Shoe
acquisition,  Drew Shoe has obtained a commitment from Bank One, NA ("Bank One")
for a $4,500,000  asset-based  revolving  line of credit (the "Line of Credit"),
with an interest  rate of the Prime Rate plus 1.5%,  a closing fee of 1/2 of 1%,
and a maturity date of September 30, 1999. Additionally,  Bank One has committed
to a Term Loan of $1,000,000, with an interest rate of the Prime Rate plus 1.5%,
a closing fee of $5,000,  and a maturity  date of September  30, 2000.  Both the
Line of Credit and the Term Loan will be secured by all of Drew  Shoe's  assets,
including  receivables and inventory,  land, building,  machinery and equipment,
which will determine the total amount available.  There can be no assurance that
the full  $5,500,000  will be  available  to the Company  because the lender may
disallow  some portion of Drew Shoe's assets as security.  In addition,  even if
the entire $5,500,000  anticipated is available,  there can be no assurance that
this amount is sufficient to fund all of the future working capital requirements
of Drew Shoe.

     ONGOING OPERATION OF DREW SHOE;  OPERATING HISTORY AND PROFITABILITY.  Drew
Shoe was  incorporated  approximately  60 years ago. The company was primarily a
comfort  shoe  manufacturer  until  1992,  when its shifted its focus to medical
footwear,  which had previously  comprised only a small portion of the company's
business.  Accordingly,  Drew Shoe has only a five year operating history in the
medical footwear business.

     In fiscal 1996, Drew Shoe had net income of $25,707 on sales of $14,609,346
and in fiscal 1995 Drew Shoe had net income of $283,602 on sales of $13,646,924.
There can be no assurance that Drew Shoe will be profitable.  Although Drew Shoe
has  experienced  moderate  revenue growth since it shifted its focus to medical
footwear, such growth may not be sustainable and may not be indicative of future
operating  results.  See Management of Growth;  Risks Associated with Expansion;
Capital Requirements.

     Drew Shoe's  prospects  must be considered in light of the risks,  expenses
and difficulties  frequently  encountered by manufacturers and - to some extent,
retailers - in the process of shifting their sales and marketing  efforts to new
end users and, in effect, anticipating growth from a new target market. In order
to  address  these  risks,  Drew Shoe  must,  among  other  things,  respond  to
competitive  developments,  attract,  retain and motivate qualified persons, and
continue to develop its expertise in marketing, product development and customer
service.  There  can be no  assurance  that  Drew  Shoe  will be  successful  in
addressing  these  risks.  The  failure  of  Drew  Shoe to  achieve  significant
profitability would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

     COMPETITION.   The  market  for  the  wholesale   distribution  and  retail
distribution  of medical  footwear and comfort  shoes is intensely  competitive.
Drew Shoe faces strong existing  competition for similar  products and will face
significant  competition  from new  companies  or  existing  companies  with new
products.  Many of these  companies  may be better  financed,  have  better name
recognition and good will, have more marketing expertise and capabilities,  have
a larger and more loyal customer  base,  along with other  attributes,  that may
enable  them to  compete  more  effectively.  Drew  Shoe has  minimal  , if any,
proprietary rights to prevent competitors from duplicating its footwear.

     The  market  for  medical  footwear,  and for  casual  shoes,  which may be
perceived by many  consumers as a substitute  for medical  footwear,  includes a
number of  well-established  companies with  recognized  brand names.  Potential
purchases of medical footwear are often based upon highly  subjective  decisions
that may be influenced by numerous factors, many of which are out of Drew Shoe's
control. As a result,  Drew Shoe may face substantial  competition from existing
and new companies that market both medical and comfort shoes that are


                                       13
<PAGE>

perceived to meet needs for comfort and protection,  and are visually appealing.
There can be no assurance as to the market  acceptance of Drew shoes in relation
to its competition.

     RELIANCE ON A SINGLE MAJOR  PRODUCT  LINE.  Drew Shoe has relied to a large
extent on medical footwear for sales. In addition,  80% of its sales are women's
shoes. If sales of these products are less than projected, Drew Shoe's business,
operating  results  and  financial  condition  would  be  materially   adversely
affected.  In addition,  while only a minor percentage of Drew Shoe's revenue is
currently  related to the 1994 Federal  legislation  which provides for Medicare
funding of shoes for  diabetics,  the  Company  has  anticipated  in its revenue
projections  that some  portion  of its  future  growth  will be related to this
factor  as  individuals  become  aware of this  benefit.  If Drew  Shoe does not
properly promote this opportunity,  Drew Shoe's business,  operating results and
financial condition would be adversely affected.

     RELIANCE  ON CERTAIN  DISTRIBUTION  CHANNELS.  Drew Shoe  relies on its own
specialty retail stores for approximately 15% of its distribution, the Veteran's
Administration for approximately 7% of its distribution, and approximately 2,000
specialty retail stores as customers for the remainder of its distribution. Drew
Shoe intends to expand distribution through its own specialty retail stores. The
retail  business is intensely  competitive.  There can be no assurance that Drew
Shoe's own specialty retail stores, which also distribute competitors' products,
will be  profitable  and will  therefore,  be a viable  distribution  mechanism.
Further,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  Drew  Shoe  distribution  through
unaffiliated  retail  stores  will  continue  to  support  its  current  pricing
structure if additional competition should enter the market.  Further, there can
be no assurance that the Veteran's Administration will remain a major customer.

     DEPENDENCE ON CERTAIN SUPPLIERS;  FOREIGN  SUPPLIERS.  Drew Shoe depends on
various raw materials and components to manufacture its shoes, many of which are
dependent  on one  supplier.  Drew Shoe does not have binding  long-term  supply
contracts with these  suppliers.  Therefore,  Drew Shoe's success will depend on
maintaining its relationships with these suppliers and developing  relationships
with new suppliers. Any significant delay or disruption in the supply of leather
and  other  key  materials  caused  by  manufacturers'  production  limitations,
material  shortages,  quality control problems,  labor  interruptions,  shipping
problems  or other  reasons  would  materially  adversely  affect the  Company's
business.  The delays in receiving such supplies from alternative  sources would
cause Drew Shoe to sustain at least temporary shortages of materials which would
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  operating results and
financial condition.

     Approximately 15% of Drew Shoe's supplies,  primarily leather, are provided
by Italian companies.  As a result, the supply of some of the materials required
to manufacture Drew's shoes is subject to additional cost and risk factors, many
of which are out of the  Company's  control,  including  political  instability,
import  duties,   trade  restrictions,   work  stoppages  and  foreign  currency
fluctuations.  An interruption or material  increase in the cost of supply would
materially  adversely  affect  Drew  Shoe's  business,   operating  results  and
financial condition.

     MANUFACTURING  AND INVENTORY  SYSTEMS.  Drew Shoe's  business is subject to
inventory risk, in that its inventory  turnover has been  traditionally  low and
its lack of adequate inventory  management systems has resulted in a significant
writedown  of  inventory  in  1996,  which is  greater  than  historical  norms.
Inventory  losses are currently  determined  annually  upon the  occurrence of a
physical inventory and subsequent  reconciliation of the results of same against
accounting records.  The Company intends to substantially  improve,  develop and
implement inventory management systems to correct these problems. However, there
can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in doing so. Drew Shoe's
business  is also  subject to  manufacturing  risk,  in that its  machinery  and
equipment may not be as modern as that of its competitors.  Inventory management
systems and other manufacturing  improvements including manufacturing automation
may require significant funding. There can be no assurance that the Company will
have sufficient funding to implement these improvements or that, even if funding
is sufficient, that the Company will be technically and operationally successful
in implementing these improvements.


                                       14
<PAGE>

     LABOR  CONTRACT.  The Drew  Shoe  business  is  subject  to  potential  for
increases in its labor cost, in that its union contract is up for  renegotiation
in May of 1998.  There can be no  assurance  that  potential  increases in labor
costs can be passed through to the consumer in increased  pricing.  Furthermore,
there can be no  assurance  that new  management  will be able to  maintain  the
quality of the  labor/management  relationship  developed  at Drew Shoe over the
years.

     DEPENDENCE  ON KEY  PERSONNEL.  Drew Shoe is  dependent  upon  certain  key
personnel, including Charles Schulyer, the President of Drew Shoe, Frank Shyjka,
the Executive Vice  President of Drew Shoe and Larry Martin,  the Vice President
of Finance of Drew Shoe, to manage,  market and operate the Company's  business.
There is strong  competition for qualified  personnel in the shoe  manufacturing
industry, and the loss of key personnel or an inability of Drew Shoe to attract,
retain and motivate key personnel could adversely  affect Drew Shoe's  business,
operating results and financial  condition.  There can be no assurance that Drew
Shoe will be able to retain its  existing key  personnel  or attract  additional
qualified personnel.

     NO EXPERIENCE OF MANAGEMENT IN FOOTWEAR BUSINESS. Management of the Company
has no prior  experience  in  operating a footwear  business  such as Drew Shoe.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully  develop
Drew Shoe's business.

     SUSCEPTIBILITY TO GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS.  Because sales of shoes have
historically been dependent, to some extent, on discretionary consumer spending,
Drew Shoe's revenues are subject to fluctuations based upon the general economic
conditions  of the United  States.  If there is a general  economic  downturn or
recession  in the United  States  consumer  spending on medical  footwear  could
decline  which could have a material  adverse  effect on Drew  Shoe's  business,
operating results and financial condition.

     PRODUCT RETURNS FROM WARRANTY. Drew Shoe, as part of its marketing efforts,
accepts product returns for 30 days from the date of sale, and charges customers
a $6 restocking fee. Drew Shoe has experienced an approximately  10% return rate
over the past two years.  The percentage has not varied  significantly  over the
past 5 years. If the rate of returned product  increases,  Drew Shoe's business,
operating  results  and  financial  condition  could  be  materially   adversely
affected.

     MANAGEMENT   OF  GROWTH;   RISKS   ASSOCIATED   WITH   EXPANSION;   CAPITAL
REQUIREMENTS.  Drew Shoe's  growth and  expected  growth has resulted in, and is
expected to continue to result in  increased  demands on Drew Shoe's  management
and its operating systems.  This growth may require an increase in the number of
employees  and an  increase in the  responsibilities  of both  existing  and new
management personnel. This growth may result in a strain on Drew Shoe's existing
operational, financial, human resource and information systems.

     Drew  Shoe's  financial  and  management  controls,  reporting  systems and
procedures  have  evolved  with the  growth  of Drew  Shoe and  there  can be no
assurance that Drew Shoe's  controls,  systems or procedures will continue to be
adequate to support its operations. The Company expects that Drew Shoe will need
to further develop its management controls,  reporting systems and procedures to
accommodate potential future growth and enhance current efficiency. There can be
no assurance  that Drew Shoe will be able to do so  effectively  and on a timely
basis,  and failure to do so when necessary could have a material adverse effect
upon Drew Shoe's business, operating results and financial condition.

     SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY  FLUCTUATIONS.  Historically,  sales of Drew Shoe
products are not seasonal.  However,  sales revenue and  profitability  may vary
from quarter to quarter based on the  introduction  of new products,  opening of
new stores,  weather conditions,  marketing and media expenditures,  and certain
non-recurring  charges.  While revenues are not necessarily  seasonal,  earnings
tend to be  seasonal  and tend to fall into the first six  months of the  fiscal
year.

     DIVERSION OF COMPANY EXECUTIVE'S  ATTENTION.  The Drew Shoe acquisition and
integration  into  BCAM's core  business  is  expected to consume a  significant
amount of time of Michael Strauss, the Company's Chief Executive Officer,  which
will detract from his ability to focus on BCAM's  "core  business",  which could
adversely  affect  the  future  growth  and  development  of this  aspect of the
Company's business.


                                       15
<PAGE>

                     MARKET FOR COMPANY'S EQUITY SECURITIES

                              COMMON STOCK - NASDAQ

1994                                  High Bid          Low Bid
- ----                                  --------          -------

First Quarter                         3 7/16             2 9/32
Second Quarter                        2 1/2              1 5/16
Third Quarter                         2 1/16             1 7/16
Fourth Quarter                        1 7/8              31/32

1995
- ----

First Quarter                         1 1/16             3/4
Second Quarter                        1 9/32             7/8
Third Quarter                         1 21/32            31/32
Fourth Quarter                        2                  1

1996
- ----

First Quarter                         1 1/4              29/32
Second                                1 5/16             29/32
Quarter                               1 23/32            15/16
Third Quarter                         1 7/16             13/16
Fourth Quarter

1997
- ----

First Quarter                         1 3/8              27/32
Second Quarter                        1 1/8              11/16
Third Quarter                         1 5/16             23/32
through September 2, 1997


                      COMMON STOCK - BOSTON STOCK EXCHANGE

1994                                  High Bid           Low Bid
- ----                                  --------           -------

First Quarter                         2 1/2              2 1/4
Second Quarter                        1 13/16            1 9/16
Third Quarter                         1 3/4              1 1/2
Fourth Quarter                        1 7/8              15/16

1995
- ----

First Quarter                         1 1/32             11/16
Second Quarter                        1 1/8              1/2
Third Quarter                         1 19/32            13/16
Fourth Quarter                        1 23/32            1


                                       16
<PAGE>

1996
- ----

First Quarter                         1 7/32             3/4
Second Quarter                        1 1/4              7/8
Third Quarter                         1 19/32            1 3/8
Fourth Quarter                        1 7/16             7/8

1997
- ----

First Quarter                         1 1/4              23/32
Second Quarter                        1                  9/16
Third Quarter                         1 1/16             9/16
through September 2, 1997


                      REDEEMABLE CLASS B WARRANTS - NASDAQ

1994                                  High Bid           Low Bid
- ----                                  --------           -------

First Quarter                         3/4                9/32
Second Quarter                        13/32              1/8
Third Quarter                         3/16               1/8
Fourth Quarter                        7/32               1/8

1995
- ----

First Quarter                         1/8                1/8
Second Quarter                        1/8                1/8
Third Quarter                         1/8                1/8
Fourth Quarter                        7/32               1/8

1996
- ----

First Quarter                         1/8                1/8
Second Quarter                        1/8                1/16
Third Quarter                         1/8                1/8
Fourth Quarter                        1/16               1/16

1997
- ----

First Quarter                         1/16               1/16
Second Quarter                        NA                 NA
Third Quarter                         1/16               1/16
through September 2, 1997


                                       17
<PAGE>

                      REDEEMABLE CLASS E WARRANTS - NASDAQ

1994                                  High Bid           Low Bid
- ----                                  --------           -------

First Quarter                         2/38               1 1/8
Second Quarter                        1 1/4              3/8
Third Quarter                         7/8                9/16
Fourth Quarter                        11/16              1/4

1995
- ----

First Quarter                         11/32              1/4
Second Quarter                        3/8                5/16
Third Quarter                         5/8                3/8
Fourth Quarter                        7/8                3/8

1996
- ----

First Quarter                         7/16               3/8
Second Quarter                        3/8                3/8
Third Quarter                         5/8                3/8
Fourth Quarter                        7/8                5/16

1997
- ----

First Quarter                         5/16               5/16
Second Quarter                        5/16               1/4
Third Quarter                         1/4                3/16
through September 2, 1997


                                       18
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

     As of June 30, 1997, the net tangible book value per share of the Company's
Common Stock was $.063 "Net tangible book value per share" represents the amount
of the  Company's  tangible  assets,  less the  amount  of its  liabilities  and
redeemable stock,  divided by the number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding.
After giving effect to the receipt of the proceeds from the sale of Common Stock
upon  exercise of the balance of  Redeemable  Class B,  Redeemable  Class E, and
Non-Redeemable  Class AA Warrants at exercise  prices per share of  $1.50,$1.25,
and $0.65,  respectively,  and all Common Stock  Options at an average  price of
1.151 the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock as of June
30, 1997, would have been $.344.  This would result in dilution to purchasers of
Common Stock upon the exercise of all  Warrants,  and  consultant,  employee and
director stock options of $.781.  Refer to the following  table for the dilution
of each of the Warrants.

                                                                Director, 
                                                      Non-      Employee  
                           Redeemable  Redeemable  Redeemable      &     
                            Class B     Class E     Class AA   Consultant
                            Warrants    Warrants    Warrants    Options    Total
                            --------    --------    --------   ----------  -----
Public offering
price per share of
Common Stock upon
exercise of Warrants
and Stock Options .........  $1.500      $1.250       $0.650     $1.151   $1.125
                                                              
Net tangible book                                             
value per share at                                            
June 30, 1997 .............  $0.063      $0.063       $0.063     $0.063   $0.063
                                                              
Net increase per                                              
share attributable                                            
upon exercise of the                                          
Warrants and Stock                                            
Options ...................  $0.082      $0.039       $0.037     $0.180   $0.282
                                                              
Pro forma net                                                 
tangible book value                                           
per share of Common                                           
Stock after exercise                                          
of the Warrants and                                           
Stock Options .............  $0.145      $0.102       $0.100     $0.243   $0.344
                                                              
Dilution of net                                               
tangible book value                                           
per share of Common                                           
Stock to new                                                  
investors .................  $1.355      $1.148       $0.550     $0.908   $0.781


                                       19
<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The Company will derive proceeds from any exercise of the Redeemable  Class
B and E Warrants, and the Stock Options to consultants, directors and employees.
The Redeemable  Class B and E Warrants are exercisable no later than January 18,
1998 (formerly January 16, 1995), and the options to consultants,  directors and
employees have exercise dates from the present through August 20, 2006. Assuming
the exercise of the  Redeemable  Class B and E Warrants,  the maximum  aggregate
amount of such proceeds is estimated at approximately $2,129,721. If the Company
were to receive  such  proceeds,  said  proceeds  would be utilized  for general
working capital purposes.

     The Company may also use working  capital for  acquisitions,  including the
Drew Shoe acquisition described herein (see "Drew Shoe Acquisition").

     The foregoing  represents the Company's best estimate of its use of the net
proceeds  from any exercise of the Warrants and Stock  Options  offered  hereby,
based upon the current state of its business  operations,  its current plans and
current  economic  and  industry  conditions.   Further  events,  including  the
problems,   delays,   expenses  and  complications   frequently  encountered  by
businesses as well as changes in economic,  regulatory or competitive conditions
or  the  success  or  lack  thereof  of the  Company's  research  and  marketing
activities,  may  require  reallocation  of  funds  or may  require  the  delay,
abandonment or reduction of the Company's efforts.

    
                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The following  table sets forth the  capitalization  of the Company at June
30, 1997, as adjusted to reflect (a) the issuance and sale of 969,191  shares of
Common  Stock upon  exercise  of the  Redeemable  Class B Warrants  at $1.50 per
share; (b) the issuance and sale of 540,747 shares of Common Stock upon issuance
of the  Redeemable  Class E  Warrants  at $1.25,  (c) the  issuance  and sale of
1,075,000  shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the  Non-Redeemable  Class AA
Warrants at $.65 per share,  and (d) the issuance of 3,167,500  shares of Common
Stock upon exercise of 3,167,500 stock options to employees,  directors,  former
directors, consultants, and a former joint venture partner.

                                                            June 30, 1997
                                                            -------------
                                                       Actual       As Adjusted
                                                       ------       -----------
Acquisition Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per          $ -             $ -
share, authorized 750,000 shares, no shares
issued or outstanding

Common Stockholders' Equity

Common Stock, $.01 par value; 40,000,000 shares         167,179         224,703
authorized; 16,717,915 shares issued and
15,954,733 outstanding; 22,470,353 shares issued
and 21,707,171 outstanding, as adjusted

Paid-in surplus                                      16,002,908      22,419,647

  Deficit                                           (14,109,968)    (14,109,968)
                                                    ------------    ------------
                                                      2,060,119       8,534,382
  Less:
  Treasury Shares (763,182 shares)                    (899,100)       (899,100)
                                                      ---------       ---------
Common Stockholders' Equity                          $1,161,019      $7,635,282
                                                     ==========      ==========
Total Capitalization                                 $1,161,019      $7,635,282
                                                     ==========      ==========


                                       20
<PAGE>

                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following  information is qualified by reference to, and should be read
in conjunction with, the Company's  financial  statements and the notes thereto,
and to prior years' Form 10K-SB.

                          Summary Financial Information
                      (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Six Months Ended
                                                    Year Ended December 31,                                   June 30,
                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------------
                         1992             1993             1994             1995          1996          1996          1997
                       ----------      -----------      -----------      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                     <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>       
Statement of
Operations Data:
Net revenue .........       1,371            1,382            1,138              752           605           211           287
Direct costs ........         589              461            1,141              598           273            49           150
Selling, general
and administrative ..       1,735            1,454            2,339            1,832         1,802         1,075         1,027
Research,
development and
engineering .........          47               57              120              186            98            47            31
Operating loss ......      (1,000)(1)         (590)(2)       (2,462)(2)       (1,864)       (1,568)         (960)         (921)(1)
Interest income .....          55               59              155              175            54            41            12
Interest expense ....          36                4               --               --            --            --            --
Loss on investments .          --               60(2)            82(2)            --            --            --            --

Net loss from
continuing operations        (981)(1)         (595)(2)       (2,389)(2)       (1,689)       (1,514)         (919)         (909)(1)
Loss from
discontinued
operations ..........       1,247(1)            --               --               --            --            --            --
Net loss ............      (2,228)(1)         (595)(2)       (2,389)(2)       (1,689)       (1,514)         (919)         (909)(1)
Weighted average
number of common
shares and common
equivalent shares
outstanding .........   9,056,231       10,949,876       14,681,530       14,818,055    14,868,128    14,858,222    15,682,634
Net loss per share ..       (0.25)(1)        (0.05)(2)        (0.16)(2)        (0.11)        (0.10)        (0.06)        (0.06)(1)

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash
equivalents and
marketable
Securities ..........         817            6,040            4,168            2,209           526         1,604           241
Working capital .....         719            6,261            3,718            2,156           597         1,196           667
Total assets ........       1,721            6,975            5,088            3,034         1,305         2,340         1,559
Long term debt ......          --               --               --               --            --            --            --

Stockholders' Equity        1,166(3)         6,661(3)         4,252            2,604         1,015         1,644         1,161
</TABLE>

Notes:

(1)  The net  loss for 1992  includes  the  financial  results  of the  HumanCad
     division.  The HumanCad division was discontinued on February 23, 1993. Net
     loss includes a loss from discontinued  operations of $1,247,270 in 1992 or
     $.14 per share. In March 1997,  after one year of  beta-testing  and market
     studies,  the Company relaunched the marketing of MQPro(TM) (formerly known
     as Mannequin(R))  through its HumanCAD(R) division. As of June 30, 1997 the
     HumanCAD division had sales of $54,876.

(2)  In years 1993 and 1994, the Company's  investment of approximately  $72,000
     in a  partnership  was written  off  ($17,000 in 1994 and $55,000 in 1993).
     ErgoRisk  Services,  Inc. (Canada) was purchased for $65,000 to effectively
     terminate a joint venture, and was subsequently written off in 1994.

     (3) There were private placements in 1992 and 1993 and in the first quarter
of Fiscal Year 1997, which increased the amount of stockholders' equity.


                                       21

<PAGE>

                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                       CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED WITH YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

RESULTS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Management  anticipates  a  significant  contribution  from  software  sales and
Software Based Ergonomic  Consulting  Services in the future starting with 1997.
Software  sales and Software Based  Ergonomic  Consulting  Services  contributed
minimal revenue in 1996 and 1995. The Company's Traditional Ergonomic Consulting
Services provided virtually all revenue to the Company from contracts  providing
for a fixed price or a fixed hourly rate. In setting its price for services, the
Company  seeks to  estimate  the man hours that will be  required to provide the
services. To the extent that the Company  underestimates the man hours that will
be required, or the expenses it will incur in performing a contract, the Company
could realize a loss on any  particular  contract.  The  Company's  policy is to
recognize  revenue  based on a  percentage  of  completion  method  as costs are
incurred. Net revenue decreased by $147,523 in 1996 from 1995.

Net revenue includes the following:

                                                         Year Ended December 31,

                                                            1996          1995
                                                            ----          ----
Intelligent Surface Technology (IST)                    $  28,030     $  96,473
Ergonomic Product Assessment and Redesign services      $ 415,160     $ 451,508
Ergonomic Workplace Assessment services                 $ 161,364     $ 204,096
                                                      

     Revenue  from IST includes the initial  payments for  licensing  the IST as
well as fees  associated with the development of the prototypes for the specific
applications. Revenue from IST in 1996 includes $15,000 connected with the Sealy
option and  development  agreement  signed in 1996. In 1996,  $12,500 of revenue
from the 1994 Lumex  agreement  was  written off after the  termination  of that
agreement.  IST revenue  declined $68,443 in 1996 from 1995 and accounted for 5%
of net  revenue in 1996  versus 13% in 1995.  The  majority  of 1995  revenue is
attributable  to the  licensing  and  development  agreements  with  Reebok  for
Intelligent Footwear and Athletic Sport and Fitness Equipment and Lumex.

     Due to the one-time nature of many of the Company's  consulting  contracts,
revenue from Ergonomic Product Assessment and Redesign  services,  and Ergonomic
Workplace  Assessment  services  (Traditional   Ergonomic  Consulting  Services)
fluctuates from year to year. Ergonomic Product Assessment and Redesign services
revenue decreased by $36,348 in 1996 from 1995 and provided 69% of the Company's
revenue  in 1996  compared  to 60% in 1995.  Revenue  from  Ergonomic  Workplace
Assessment services decreased $42,732 in 1996 from 1995 and accounted for 26% of
net revenue in 1996 versus 27% in 1995. Both of these decreases reflect a change
in the  strategy  to focus on  industries  where  the  Company  has  significant
expertise,  and to build long-term  relationships for future  integration of our
technology in these companies' products.

     Direct  costs  include   salaries,   equipment   purchases  for  contracts,
consulting fees and certain other costs.  Gross profit may fluctuate from period
to period.  Factors  influencing  fluctuations  include the nature and volume of
services  provided to individual  customers which affect contract  pricing,  the
Company's success in estimating contract costs (principally  professional time),
the timing of hiring new professionals,  who may require training before gaining
experience, efficiencies and meeting customer demands.

     Direct costs decreased $325,290,  to $272,980 in 1996 from $598,270 in 1995
primarily due to: (i) a more favorable mix of internal versus outside  resources
in 1996 as compared to 1995,  and (ii) the  elimination in 1996 of a reserve for
$149,000  for Textron  development,  previously  recorded in 1994,  representing
estimated  expenses for providing  additional  development  services to Textron.
Under the agreed amendment


                                       22
<PAGE>

with Textron,  signed in August 1996,  Textron may receive a credit for $150,000
from any  royalties  that may be earned by the Company and will be  proportional
over a  four-year  period  commencing  in the first year when  royalties  become
payable.

     Gross  profit,  as set forth in the table below,  increased by $ 177,767 in
1996 as compared to 1995.  The increase was due to the reduction in direct costs
which more than offset the decline in net revenue.

                                                       Year Ended December 31,
                                                                         
                                                        1996              1995
Net Revenue                                          $604,554          $752,077
Direct Costs                                         $272,980          $598,270
Gross Profit                                         $331,574          $153,807
Gross Profit Percentage                                   55%               20%
               
     Since taking over in 1995, a key objective of the new  management  team has
been to reduce selling,  general and  administrative  expenses and redirect such
cash savings in the  development  of core business  such as IST and  HumanCAD(R)
software.  Selling, general and administrative expenses were $1,801,915 in 1996,
which  included  approximately  $355,000  in certain  non-recurring  and unusual
expenses  (including  severance  and other  items)  incurred  as a result of the
Company's  restructuring.  Without these  non-recurring and unusual expenses the
selling,  general and  administrative  costs in 1996 would have been $1,446,653.
Therefore,  excluding these 1996  non-recurring and unusual  expenses,  selling,
general and administrative  expenses were $1,446,653 in 1996, $1,831,494 in 1995
(which includes approximately $193,000 of non-recurring expenses) and $2,339,225
in 1994,  demonstrating  management's  commitment  to lower these  expenses  and
redirect cash into the core technology.

     The Company's  research and development  costs decreased $87,965 to $97,854
in  1996  from  $185,819  in  1995.  This  decrease  is  primarily  due  to  the
capitalization  of $85,191 of development  expenditures  in 1996 relating to the
upgrade of the Company's  MQPro(TM)  software,  released in March 1997. In prior
years,  these  costs were R&D in nature and  accordingly  were  expensed  in the
period they were  incurred.  The  remaining  costs  reflect the  development  of
several components relating to certain  applications of the IST. During 1996 and
1995, the Company made significant  progress in the development of the necessary
components  relating to certain  applications  of the IST,  such as a microvalve
(patent filed in June 1996), a  self-generating  power supply and an intelligent
switch.

     Net interest income decreased  $119,971 to $54,055 in 1996 from $174,026 in
1995. The decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in cash available for
investment from 1995 to 1996 utilized for operating activities.

      Due to the net losses and the accounting rules in accordance with
Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes", there was no provision for income taxes in 1996 and 1995.

      As a result of all of the above, the net loss in 1996 decreased $175,340
to $1,514,140 from $1,689,480 in 1995.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Cash,  cash  equivalents  and  held-to-maturity   securities  decreased  by
$1,682,514  to $526,344 at December 31, 1996,  from  $2,208,858  at December 31,
1995. Net cash used in operating activities,  mainly to cover the 1996 net loss,
was $1,602,237  for the year ended December 31, 1996,  compared to $2,010,346 in
the year ended December 31, 1995.  Financing activities used $74,246 in cash for
the year  ended  December  31,  1996,  compared  to  $59,299  for the year ended
December 31, 1995. This consisted mainly of uses of cash for stock  registration
and issuance costs.


                                       23
<PAGE>

     Accounts receivable, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts,  decreased
to $22,537 at December 31,  1996,  from  $135,995 at December  31,  1995.  Three
customers comprised 84% of gross accounts receivable at December 31, 1996.

     Prepaid expenses and other current assets increased to $333,477 at December
31, 1996, from $233,585 at December 31, 1995.  Other current assets  principally
include profits and expenses for services rendered but are not yet billed.  Also
included in the 1996 amount are  approximately  $185,000 of costs related to the
acquisition of Drew Shoe.

     Accounts  payable,  accrued  expenses and sundry  liabilities  decreased to
$285,065 at December 31, 1996,  from $422,671 at December 31, 1995. The decrease
of $137,606  resulted  primarily from the elimination of an accrual for $149,000
relating to the Textron licensing agreement.

     Consequently,  working capital decreased $1,558,474 to $597,293 at December
31, 1996, from $2,155,767 at December 31, 1995.

     On March 19, 1997, the Company entered into an agreement with the owners of
Drew Shoe  whereby,  the Company  will  purchase all of the Common Stock of Drew
Shoe for $4,600,000 subject to financing. Drew Shoe, of Lancaster Ohio, is a 125
year-old leading designer,  manufacturer and distributor of medical footwear and
orthotic  products This acquisition  will complete the Company's  restructuring.
Drew Shoe represents an opportunistic and synergistic vehicle for the Company to
incorporate  IST into medical  footwear and orthotic  products,  for  diabetics,
arthritics, and the aging population.

     On March 10, 1997,  at the  National  Design  Engineering  Show in Chicago,
Illinois,  the Company,  through its HumanCAD(R)  Systems  division,  introduced
MQPro(TM),  a PC-based human modeling and ergonomics design program that creates
accurate, three-dimensional humanoids with point-and-click simplicity. MQPro(TM)
will be the  first  ergonomic  product  in its  series of  computer-aided  human
ergonomic software.

     On January 15, 1997, the Company  offered a minimum of 400,000 Units,  each
consisting of one share of the Company's Common Stock and a non-redeemable Class
AA Warrant,  which  entitles the holder to purchase  one share of the  Company's
Common Stock at a price of $0.65 per share,  until March 31, 2002.  The offering
was  completed on March 28,  1997,  and  1,075,000  units have been sold raising
$1,075,000 for the Company.

     On December  20, 1996,  the Company  extended  the  expiration  date of the
Company's  Class B Warrants  and Class E Warrants  from  January  17,  1997,  to
January 17, 1998,  and of the Company's  Class C Warrants from January 17, 1997,
to March 18,  1997.  The  conversion  of the  Warrants is a potential  source of
additional capital. The Class C Warrants expired and were not converted.

     The Company's  net revenue was $604,554 in 1996.  Revenue is expected to be
higher in 1997 than in 1996  because it will  include  sales of its  HumanCAD(R)
software,  the start of royalties from Textron (Textron  informed the Company in
1996 that certain 1998 model  automobiles will be introduced in the fall of 1997
incorporating IST in the design of the driver's and front passenger's seats) and
continued revenues from the Company's  Traditional Ergonomic Consulting Services
as well as the new Software Based Ergonomic Consulting Services.

     The   Company  has  no  material   commitments   for  any  future   capital
expenditures.

     The Company  expects that its working  capital,  together with revenue from
operations,  the proceeds from a private  placement  (see below),  and potential
exercise  of its  Class B and  Class E  Warrants,  will  be  sufficient  to meet
liquidity and capital  requirements  through 1997. Longer term cash requirements
are  dictated by a number of external  factors,  which  include,  among  others,
further  development of and royalties from IST, further  development and product
sales of  HumanCAD(R)  software  and the  Company's  ability  to  introduce  new
competitive products and services.


                                       24
<PAGE>

FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

     The  Company's  future  operating  results are  dependent on the  Company's
ability to (i)  successfully  further  develop  IST and  increase  the number of
licensees,  and the  commercialization  of IST by its  licensees,  (ii)  further
develop and sell its  HumanCAD(R)  software  consisting of  MQPro(TM),  EARLY(R)
process and Back-To-Work(TM) methodology, (iii) successfully market and sell its
new Software Based Consulting Services and its Traditional  Ergonomic Consulting
Services  and (iv)  complete  the  Company's  acquisition  of Drew Shoe,  future
profitability  of Drew Shoe and  introduction  of IST in  medical  footwear  and
orthotic products.

THREE  MONTHS AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE,  1997  COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS AND SIX
MONTHS ENDED JUNE, 1996

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Net revenue is  recognized  when  products are shipped,  or is based on the
percentage  of  completion   method  as  costs  are  incurred.   No  significant
obligations  remain  outstanding and collection of the accounts  receivable,  in
management's estimation, is deemed probable.

     Net revenue  increased  by $107,635,  to $215,861,  during the three months
ended June 30,  1997,  as compared to the same period in 1996.  The increase was
due to $47,828 of revenue  from sales of the  HumanCAD(R)  division's  MQPro(TM)
software,  which was launched in April 1997,  an increase in Product  Assessment
and  Redesign  revenue of $39,535,  and an  increase  of $22,500 in  Intelligent
Surface  Technology  ("IST")  revenue.  Net revenue  increased  by  $76,511,  to
$287,232,  during the six months  ended June 30,  1997,  as compared to the same
period in 1996.  The increase was primarily due to $54,876 of revenue from sales
of MQPro(TM) software.

     Direct costs  include  salaries,  product  costs,  equipment  purchases for
contracts,  consulting fees and certain other costs.  Gross profit may fluctuate
from period to period.  Factors influencing  fluctuations include the nature and
volume of services  provided  to  individual  customers  which  affect  contract
pricing,  the  Company's  success  in  estimating  contract  costs  (principally
professional  time),  the timing of hiring new  professionals,  who may  require
training before gaining experience, efficiencies and meeting customer demands.

     Direct  costs in total  increased  by $66,635,  to $71,178,  in the quarter
ended June 30, 1997, and by $101,061,  to $150,349, in the six months ended June
30, 1997, as compared to the same periods in 1996.  The first six months of 1996
reflect  lower  direct  costs  because  of a  credit  of  $148,960,  due  to the
elimination   of  a  reserve  no  longer  deemed   necessary.   Excluding   this
non-recurring  item,  direct costs were $18,575  lower in the three months ended
June 30 and $47,899  lower in the six months  ended June 30 than the  comparable
periods in 1996.

     As a result of the above,  gross  profit,  as set forth in the table below,
increased  by $41,000 for the quarter  ended June 30,  1997,  and  decreased  by
$24,550 for the six months  ended June 30, 1997,  as compared to the  comparable
periods in 1996.

                     Three Months Ended June 30       Six Months Ended June 30
                     --------------------------       ------------------------
                      1997                1996        1997                1996
                      ----                ----        ----                ----
                    
Net revenue         $215,861            $108,226    $287,232            $210,721
                    
Direct costs          71,178               4,543     150,349              49,288
                    --------            --------    --------            --------
                    
Gross profit        $144,683            $103,683    $136,883            $161,433
                    
Gross profit %         67%                 96%         48%                 77%
                    
                
                                       25
<PAGE>

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  increased  by $50,432,  to
$618,091, for the three months ended June 30, 1997, and decreased by $48,289, to
$1,027,026,  for the six months  ended June 30,  1997,  as  compared to the same
periods in 1996.  Included in these  figures  were  $252,675 of costs in the six
months  ended  June 30,  1997,  of which  $212,512  was  incurred  in the second
quarter, in connection with the launch of the HumanCAD(R)  division's  MQPro(TM)
software.  Offsetting this was a reduction in expenses relating to the Company's
Ergonomic  Consulting  Services  business of $162,080 in the three  months ended
June 30 and $300,964 in the six months ended June 30,  primarily in the areas of
legal costs,  salaries and benefits,  consulting  costs,  reporting and exchange
fees and insurance premiums.

     Research,  development  and  engineering  costs increased by $3,035 for the
quarter  ended June 30, 1997 and  decreased  by $16,083 for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 from the same periods in 1996.

     Net  interest  income  decreased by $11,383 for the three months ended June
30, 1997, and by $29,592 for the six months ended June 30, 1997, compared to the
periods ended June 30, 1996. This was due to a decrease in assets  available for
investment.

     Net loss,  as a result of the  above,  for the three  months and six months
ended June 30, 1997, was $490,437 and $908,678,  respectively,  as compared to a
net loss of $466,587 and $918,908 for the comparable period in 1996.

     There was no tax benefit for the three  months or six months ended June 30,
1997 and the three months or six months  ended June 30, 1996.  Losses which have
increased the future  availability of the net operating loss  carryforward  have
been offset by valuation allowances.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Cash, cash equivalents and held-to-maturity  securities were $240,964 as of
June 30, 1997,  compared to $526,344 as of December  31, 1996.  Net cash used in
operating  activities,  mainly to cover the net loss, was $1,338,021 for the six
month period ended June 30, 1997. Financing  activities,  primarily the proceeds
from a private placement completed on March 28, 1997 provided $1,054,370 in cash
for the six month period ended June 30, 1997.

     Working  capital was $666,585 as of June 30, 1997,  compared to $597,293 as
of December  31, 1996.  The increase of $69,292 or 11.6% in working  capital was
primarily  attributable to the proceeds from the private  placement,  reduced by
the net loss incurred in the six months ended June 30, 1997.

     The Company  expects that its working  capital,  together with revenue from
operations,  and the proceeds from future private placements,  will be more than
sufficient to meet any liquidity and capital  requirements  for the remainder of
1997.

     On March 19, 1997, the Company entered into an agreement with the owners of
Drew Shoe  Corporation  ("Drew Shoe") whereby,  the Company will purchase all of
the Common Stock of Drew Shoe for approximately $5,500,000 subject to financing.
Drew Shoe, of Lancaster Ohio, is a 125 year-old leading  designer,  manufacturer
and distributor of medical footwear and orthotic products.  Drew Shoe represents
an opportunistic and synergistic vehicle for the Company to incorporate IST into
medical footwear and orthotic products, for diabetics, arthritics, and the aging
population.

     The Company has  committed to spend  $230,000  during the remainder of 1997
for the development of the Microvalve,  which is a necessary  component relating
to certain applications of the IST.


                                       26
<PAGE>

PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

     Prepaid  Expenses and Other  Current  Assets were  $719,725  compared  with
$333,477  on  December  31,  1996.  During  the six  month  period  the  Company
accelerated  (1) its  acquisition  related  activities  and  (2)  its  marketing
activities  related to the launching of MQPro(TM) on March 10, 1997.  The impact
of the launch related  activities,  including  marketing and product  packaging,
occurred  primarily in the second quarter of the Company's fiscal year. On March
28, 1997, the Company  signed a Stock  Purchase  Agreement to acquire Drew Shoe.
Spending  associated  with the  acquisition  is  expected  to be included in the
balance sheet of the  subsidiary  and  amortized,  beginning the month after the
acquisition is concluded.  Should the acquisition not occur, expenses associated
with the acquisition will be expensed in the third quarter of the current fiscal
year.  Expenses  associated  with the launching of MQPro(TM) are being amortized
over the remainder of the current fiscal year.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     Information set forth in this Prospectus  regarding the Company's plans for
future operations constitutes "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of
Section 27A of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and Section 21E of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended.  Any  forward-looking  statements
should be  considered  in light of the factors  set forth in the "Risk  Factors"
section of this Prospectus.

                                    BUSINESS

     The Company is a software  technology  company,  specializing  in providing
ergonomic   solutions   (human  factors   engineering)  to  individuals,   major
corporations and government.  The company's  revenues are derived primarily from
consulting services. The Company completed,  in early 1996, its restructuring by
focusing  on  (I)broadening  and   strengthening   its  patent  portfolio,   and
accelerating  the   commercialization  of  the  Company's   Intelligent  Surface
Technology  ("IST"),  (II) continuing its  development of proprietary  software,
which  consists  of  the  intelligent   part  of  "IST",   MQPro(TM)   (formerly
Mannequin(R)), and the EARLY(R) process, (III) building its ergonomic consulting
services business,  which consists of Ergonomic Product Assessment and Redesign,
and Ergonomic Workplace Assessment and (IV) emphasizing a strategy of broadening
and strengthening business  relationships such as joint ventures,  partnerships,
licenses  and other  alliances.  The Company  has  established  a  collaborative
research and development  relationship  with the State University of New York at
Stony  Brook,  with  plans to  establish  additional  relationships  with  other
universities, government laboratories, and other subcontractors.

     The Company believes that its ergonomic consulting services are the primary
source of new product ideas and with it, the potential  for royalty  income,  as
well as new product and service offerings.

     During the course of the  Company's  performance  of ergonomic  product and
workplace  assessment  services,  the Company from time to time develops certain
know-how based upon data from its consulting services which it is able to embody
into  proprietary  technologies.  When this occurs,  and it is believed that the
technology  is a  significant  enhancement  from the  existing  technology,  the
Company files for patent  protection under the laws of the United States and, if
warranted, internationally.


INTELLIGENT SURFACE TECHNOLOGY

     Since  1991,  the  Company has been  issued  seven  patents,  one notice of
allowance,  and currently has four additional  patent filings pending related to
its  Intelligent   Surface   Technology("IST"),   which  empowers   surfaces  to
automatically  measure any part of the body  touching  said surface and then, in
real time,  adjust  themselves to conform to that user's body to provide comfort
and fit. Such a surface is considered an intelligent  surface because it is able
to learn about the user and recognize  patterns in the user's movements  through
the Company's proprietary software. The Company has identified  applications for
this technology in


                                       27
<PAGE>

the primary areas of seating,  footwear and bedding. In addition, the technology
can be used for, among other things, handtools, exercise equipment and helmets.


     CURRENT LICENSEES

          TEXTRON.  The Company and McCord Winn  Textron,  Inc., a subsidiary of
     Textron,  Inc.("Textron"),  signed a development  and license  agreement in
     March 1993(the "Textron Agreement"),  which was amended in October 1993 and
     August 1996. Under the Textron agreement,  the Company granted an exclusive
     worldwide  license to Textron,  to use the IST patents and  know-how in the
     manufacture,   use  and  sale  of  seats  and  seating  components  in  the
     transportation industry,  wheelchairs,  office furniture applications,  and
     hospital  beds.  In 1996,  Textron  informed  the Company that it expects a
     certain 1998 model  automobile  to be  introduced  in the fall of 1997,  to
     incorporate IST in the design of the driver and passenger seat.

          The August 1996 amendment to the Textron  Agreement  obligated Textron
     to pay royalties to the Company through December 31, 1999, for any products
     designed by Textron  using the Company's  IST. The royalties  average 3% of
     net sales  after the first  $150,000 of net sales.  After  January 1, 2000,
     Textron shall be obligated to pay the Company  royalties  only for products
     designed which actually incorporate IST patents and know-how transmitted to
     Textron by the Company  after May 31,  1996.  The Company has  disclosed to
     Textron that it has received four patents and one notice of allowance after
     May 31, 1996.

          REEBOK.  In January  1994,  the Company and Reebok signed a world-wide
     exclusive licensing and development  agreement for the use of IST footwear.
     Generally,  if the  Company's  technology  is  incorporated  into  Reebok's
     footwear, the Company expects to receive approximately $1.00 for every pair
     of shoes sold.  In addition,  Reebok has a right of first refusal to obtain
     exclusive  licenses to use IST in  athletic,  sport and fitness  equipment.
     Medical  equipment and orthopedic  shoes and other devices are specifically
     excluded from the Reebok license.  The Company and Reebok are continuing to
     work closely in developing  the  application of the Company's IST, which is
     expected to be introduced in Reebok's footwear products in due course.

          SEALY.  In August,  1996,  the Company signed an agreement with Sealy,
     Inc.  to  utilize  the  Company's  IST,  computer  software,  know-how  and
     expertise towards  development of new Sealy products.  Specifically,  Sealy
     has an option agreement to utilize IST in its adjustable bed and a right of
     first refusal as applied to all bedding products (excluding medical bedding
     applications).

          Since 1991,  when the first  patent was issued in IST, the Company has
     recorded cumulative sales revenue of $1,009,753.


     POTENTIAL NEW LICENSEES

          The Company has identified several organizations that can benefit from
     its  technologies  and  ergonomic  design  expertise.  As a result  of this
     activity,  the Company is in advanced discussions with a (1) a manufacturer
     of recliners,  (2) an office furniture company for office seating products,
     (3) an airline for its first class seat, (4) a wheelchair manufacturer, (5)
     a hospital  bedding  company,  (6) a manufacturer of operating room tables,
     (7) a medical footwear company and (8) a tool manufacturer.  It is actively
     pursuing the leading companies within these fields in order to increase the
     number of licensees and generate additional revenue.


     MARKETING STRATEGY

          The Company focuses on licensing rights to its IST technology to major
     corporations  that meet specific  criteria.  Criteria include (1) size, (2)
     financial stability, (3) marketing presence and (4) sufficient resources to
     commercialize the Company's  technology.  The company's pricing  objectives
     for the  purchase  of rights  include an advance  sufficient  to insure the
     licensee's  focus on  commercialization  of the  technology  and a  royalty
     payment for each unit sold by the licensee.


                                       28
<PAGE>

     TECHNOLOGY STRATEGY

          The Company's technology objectives for IST are to increase the number
     of users for IST, license as many  organizations as possible to use its IST
     and to  commercialize  its technology as rapidly as practical.  The Company
     believes that these  objectives  can be  accomplished  by a strategy of (1)
     broadening and strengthening the Company's  portfolio of patents in IST and
     (2)  developing  one or more key  components  in the IST system,  such as a
     microvalve,  self-generating  power  supply  and  intelligent  switch,  (3)
     enhancing  its  application  engineering  development  capability,  and (4)
     developing  know-how and  methodologies  in  incorporating  IST into common
     products such as seats, helmets, footwear and hand-tools.


     IST PATENTS

          During  1995  and  1996,  the  Company  substantially   broadened  and
     strengthened  its intellectual  property related to IST, both  domestically
     and  internationally.  During, 1996, the United States Patent Office issued
     three  patents  and the  Company  received a notice of  allowance  from the
     European  Patent  Office.  The Company now has seven  issued  patents,  one
     notice of allowance, and four pending patents.

          The new patents,  together with the pending patents,  have enabled the
     Company  to  broaden  its  market  for  licensing  its   technology,   both
     domestically  and  internationally.  The newly allowed claims cover a broad
     range of uses of IST, especially for medical applications.


PROPRIETARY SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT

     In addition to the IST software,  the Company's other software  development
efforts have always been focused in areas that support the  Company's  Ergonomic
Consulting   services.   Since  1989,  the  Company  has  developed,   marketed,
maintained,   and  continuously  upgraded  two  proprietary  software  packages:
MQPro(TM) (formerly Mannequin(R)) and EARLY(R).


     MQPRO(TM) (FORMERLY MANNEQUIN(R))

          The Company's HumanCAD(R) division launched the marketing of MQPro(TM)
     software  for  Windows  in the  second  quarter of 1997.  The  software  is
     compatible  with CAD and other  graphic  programs,  and has motion  capture
     capabilities  useful for graphical  illustrations and motion analysis.  The
     Company  believes  that  many   universities,   design   organizations  and
     government  agencies,  including  NASA,  are  current  users of the earlier
     version of  MQPro(TM).  The  results of a  successful  beta test of the new
     version of  MQPro(TM),  and  preliminary  market  survey  confirmed  that a
     substantial  market  exists,  especially  among CAD  users  and  industrial
     designers. The Company estimates that there are approximately 2,000,000 CAD
     seats in  existence,  which has been growing at a rate of 400,000 seats per
     year.

          MQPro(TM) is a human modeling  program that enables the user to render
     3-dimensional scaleable humanoid figures on a personal computer (PC). These
     figures can be  articulated  into any  position and then can be viewed from
     any angle, distance or perspective. The result of that view can be printed,
     plotted or exported to other graphics  software for further  enhancement of
     the image. The figures can walk, bend, reach and grasp objects.  A user can
     test the functionality of many devices. The Company has recently upgraded a
     Windows(R) version that processes on all Windows(R) platforms.


     EARLY(R)

          The  Company's  EARLY(R)  process  (Ergonomic  Assessment  of Risk and
     Liability) allows the ergonomist to integrate  videotapes of tasks with the
     assistance of sophisticated  software to identify risk of Cumulative Trauma
     Disorders and determine  opportunities  for  ergonomic  intervention.  This
     process  could  facilitate  a good fit between the  workplace  and workers'
     capabilities.  Currently,  the Company's  EARLY(R) process is marketed on a
     retail basis to  industrial  companies  and  governments,  and wholesale to
     insurance companies. See Marketing of Ergonomic Consulting Services.


                                       29
<PAGE>

ERGONOMIC CONSULTING SERVICES BUSINESS

     The Company believes that its ergonomic consulting services are the primary
source of new product ideas and with it, the potential  for royalty  income,  as
well as new product and service  offerings.  During the course of the  Company's
performance of ergonomic product and workplace assessment services,  the Company
from time to time develops  certain know-how based upon data from its consulting
services  which it is able to embody into  proprietary  technologies.  When this
occurs, and it is believed that the technology is a significant enhancement from
the existing technology,  the Company files for patent protection under the laws
of the United States and, if warranted, internationally.


     ERGONOMIC PRODUCT ASSESSMENT AND REDESIGN

          The Company performs comprehensive  subjective and objective ergonomic
     testing of products.  The tests quantify the product's  relationship to the
     human subject in terms of comfort,  fit,  usability  and user  performance.
     Results  of  the  ergonomic   testing  are  used  by  product   developers,
     manufacturers  and  industrial  design firms to improve  existing  products
     and/or  develop  new ones.  In essence,  the Company  serves as the "User's
     Representative",  communicating  user  needs in terms  that  engineers  and
     industrial  designers  can apply in the design of  product.  This  analysis
     provides  substantial  guidance  and a  strong  foundation  for the  design
     process.


     ERGONOMIC WORKPLACE ASSESSMENT

          Workers'  Compensation  coverage to employees cost U.S. employers over
     $100  billion  in 1996.  It is also  estimated  that more than 2.5  million
     people developed  musculoskeletal disorders in 1996, and according to OSHA,
     each year over $20 billion dollars are spent on repetitive  stress injuries
     (or Cumulative  Traumatic  Disorders).  Many of these injuries involve lost
     duty time for  recuperation  and  reassignment  of injured workers to other
     jobs,  in  addition  to medical  treatment  costs,  thus  escalating  total
     workers' compensation costs.

          The  Company  provides  Ergonomic  Workplace  Assessment  services  to
     industrial  companies,  government,  and  insurance  companies,  to  reduce
     musculoskeletal  injuries,  through its proprietary  EARLY(R)  services and
     custom tailored  consulting services and provides benefits including (1)the
     potential for improved  productivity  and  (2)enhanced  product and service
     quality.


                                       30
<PAGE>

          EARLY(R)  is a  unique  laboratory  service  for  the  analysis  of an
     organization's   workplace   for   ergonomic   health   using   proprietary
     computer-assisted software for biomechanical analysis.  EARLY(R) allows for
     the prediction of musculoskeletal  injury likelihood and the development of
     cost-effective solutions to reduce the risk factors related to Work Related
     Musculoskeletal  Disorders  (WMSDs)  with  emphasis  on  Cumulative  Trauma
     Disorders.

          Benefits of the EARLY(R)  service to clients are that it may (1)reduce
     workers' compensation costs, (2) help prevent work related  musculoskeletal
     disorders,  (3) assist in compliance with OSHA, NIOSH, and ADA regulations,
     (4) increase productivity and improve quality of life, (5)provide practical
     ergonomic   engineering  and  off-the-shelf   product   solutions,   and/or
     (6)organize job rotation schedules.

          EARLY(R)   consists  of  a  three-phase   process:   data  collection,
     laboratory  analysis  and  solution(s).  Data  collection  includes a short
     videotape of the task being performed,  an employee  musculoskeletal stress
     questionnaire and historical injury and illness data.  Laboratory  analysis
     is performed by ergonomists using proprietary,  computerized  biomechanical
     modeling  techniques at the  Company's  laboratories.  Recommendations  are
     provided  from  a  data-base  of  standard  solutions.  If no  solution  is
     available from the data-base, customized solutions are also developed.

          Customized  analyses,  not  typically  available  as part of  standard
     EARLY(R), are provided including (1)unique recommendations which are beyond
     EARLY(R)'s  database of standard solutions,  (2)implementation  assistance,
     (3)long-term monitoring and (4)follow-up.


     MARKETING OF ERGONOMIC CONSULTING SERVICES

          Ergonomics,  human  factors,  originated  in  academia  and  was  only
     recently  popularized  by industry.  Because the sales  process is long and
     complex, the Company's emphasis is on building long-term relationships with
     major  organizations  and  maximizing  return from each  relationship.  The
     company  markets  and  promotes  its  Ergonomic  Consulting  Services  with
     traditional  methods including  obtaining  referrals from existing clients,
     publishing articles,  speaking at seminars and conducting industry specific
     seminars.  The Company is expanding  the scope of its sales efforts to also
     include attending and exhibiting at trade shows, utilizing direct marketing
     techniques,  building a highly  experienced  and  professional  sales team,
     advertising in selected trade  publications  and expanding its Internet web
     site.


     PRICING OF ERGONOMIC CONSULTING SERVICES
          
          The Company's  pricing formula  generally  includes a fixed consulting
     fee  together  with a  royalty  which  may be  earned  when  the  Company's
     ergonomic  product  redesign   recommendations   are  commercialized  or  a
     percentage  of cost  savings  when  major  ergonomic  workplace  assessment
     recommendations are implemented.


     BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP STRATEGY

          The Company  focuses on building  long-term  relationships  with major
     organizations  as a key  part  of its  marketing  strategy.  The  Company's
     objective is to grow its revenue base through repeat business.


RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     The  Company's  research  and  development  is  focused  on  enhancing  and
commercializing  the  Company's  core  technologies.  The  Company  attempts  to
minimize  spending on research.  Therefore,  the Company  typically  attempts to
acquire  the rights to use an existing  technology,  if  available.  The Company
will, however,  fund research for technology,  when the needed technology is not
available. For example, the Company is funding research,  design and development
of a microvalve which is needed in the application of its IST for hand tools and
footwear.


                                       31
<PAGE>

     The Company uses its internal resources and  subcontractors,  as needed, in
its  research  and  development   activities.   For  example,  the  Company  has
established a collaborative research and development relationship with the State
University  of New York at  Stony  Brook,  and  plans  to  establish  additional
relationships  with  other  universities,   and  government   laboratories,   as
necessary.


COMPETITION

     Management  of  the  Company   believes   that  its  unique   technologies,
proprietary  software,  methodologies and know-how are a competitive  advantage.
The Company  believes that  MQPro(TM) is the only  software  package of its kind
that will  process on a PC with a minimum of  resources,  i.e.,  8 MB of memory.
Most other human modeling  software  requires more  computing  resources such as
workstation hardware.  Therefore,  MQPro(TM) has significant economic advantages
over  other  competing  software  of its kind.  With  respect  to its  Ergonomic
Workplace  Assessment,  there are many competing sources for similar services to
the Company's  offerings.  However,  the Company believes its EARLY(R)  process,
with its accompanying  proprietary software,  provides significant advantages in
terms of (1) cost and (2)proven database solutions for its clients.

     There are many sources of ergonomic  product  design  services,  especially
internal   designers  of   organizations.   Other  companies  and  agencies  are
developing,  and have developed,  particular  services and technologies that are
competitive with the Company's  services and technology and management  believes
that increased  competition is likely.  Some of the Company's  competitors  have
significantly greater financial, technical and other resources than the Company.


GOVERNMENT REGULATION

     The Company's present and anticipated  activities are not generally subject
to government regulation in the United States or other countries.

     While the Company  cannot predict the extent to which it may be affected by
legislative or other regulatory  developments,  it does believe that the current
policies  of OSHA  encourage  the use of the  Company's  services.  The  Company
believes that if OSHA continues to focus on ergonomic  issues, it will result in
both  industry  and the  general  public  becoming  more  aware  of the need for
ergonomic services and products. Focus is also occurring at the FDA to encourage
more human factor engineering in the design of medical devices.

     The costs and effects of complying with  environmental  laws by the Company
are not material.


PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

     The patent  process is a major  protection  for the Company's  intellectual
property. As of today, the Company has obtained seven patents (six in the United
States  and one  European)  and one  notice of  allowance,  and has  filed  four
additional  United  States patent  applications  relating to its IST. One of the
four patents filed is significant  because it is for a critical component needed
to miniaturize the application of the IST. Such  miniaturization  will allow the
Company to a) accelerate the  commercialization  of many applications,  b) enter
the very large and  expanding  medical  footwear  market with  applications  for
diabetics,  arthritics and the aging population,  and c) provide applications to
other industries, such as the hand tool industry. The Company also has five U.S.
patents in fields other than IST.

     The Company protects its proprietary written material,  know-how,  computer
software and technology  which it has or may develop,  through the use of United
States copyrights,  common-law trade secret  protection,  trademarks and service
marks,  and  contractual  arrangements.  In  addition,  the Company  enters into
confidentiality arrangements with its employees,  consultants and customers, and
implements  various  measures  to maintain  "trade  secret"  protection  for its
products.

                                       32
<PAGE>

DREW SHOE ACQUISITION


     Since  November of 1996,  the Company has been working on raising the funds
necessary to acquire Drew Shoe Corporation ("Drew Shoe") for approximately $5.5M
in cash,  notes and Common Stock and the Company  believes  that the proceeds of
various  financings  (described  herein)  will be  sufficient  to  complete  the
acquisition and to provide sufficient working capital for the ongoing operations
of the combined entities.  On March 20, 1997, the Company and the owners of Drew
Shoe entered into a definitive purchase/sale agreement, which was subject to the
Company obtaining  sufficient financing to complete the acquisition by May 1997.
The  Company  could not obtain  this  financing  at that time on terms  which it
considered  acceptable  (and which it  considered  sufficient  to  complete  the
acquisition of Drew Shoe as well as fund the growth of BCAM and Drew Shoe).  The
Company,  therefore,  allowed  its  contractual  right  to  purchase  Drew  Shoe
Corporation to expire.  On July 23, 1997, the Company  reached an agreement with
Drew Shoe to extend the deadline  for the closing of the Drew Shoe  Acquisition,
as outlined in the  Purchase  Agreement,  from March 28, 1997 to  September  15,
1997,  for  $25,000  for each of the two owners of Drew Shoe,  with the total of
$50,000 to be credited to the purchase price at the closing.

     The Company is, therefore, continuing its effort to finance the acquisition
of Drew Shoe and the Company  expects that it can obtain the funding through the
financings  described  herein and will be able to purchase  Drew Shoe,  although
there can be no assurance that such purchase will occur.

     Drew Shoe is based in  Lancaster,  Ohio,  and is a privately  held  company
founded in 1875.  Drew Shoe is a leading  designer,  manufacturer,  marketer and
distributor  of premium  priced  men's  (20%) and  women's  (80%) high  quality,
classically  designed  Medical and Comfort  Shoes and  Orthotic  products,  with
significant brand name recognition.  Drew Shoe's  distribution  network supplies
independent  retailers  throughout the country,  and sells directly to customers
through 14 Drew Shoe-owned specialty retail stores throughout the United States.
Drew Shoe's  headquarters  are located on 11 acres of land and occupies  108,000
square feet, of which 65,000 square feet is utilized for  manufacturing  and the
remainder for warehouse and administrative  offices.  All facilities are company
owned.

     Drew  Shoe  specializes  in  medical  footwear  for  individuals  requiring
pedorthic/prescription  products including those individuals (a) with congenital
defects or injuries that produce foot  deformities  such that standard  sizes do
not fit properly,  (b) who spend large amounts of time  standing,  especially on
hard  surfaces,  (c) who  experience  pain from the  effects of having  worn ill
fitting shoes, and (d) who suffer from diseases that affect the foot, especially
arthritis  and  diabetes.  Most foot  problems are  exacerbated  by age with the
over-50  segment  of  the  population  being   particularly   susceptible.   The
demographics  of the U.S.  population  are expected to expand Drew Shoe's target
market.

     The    target    market    for   Drew    Shoe   for    persons    requiring
pedorthic/prescription  footwear  is  estimated  to be  between 2% and 5% of the
population or two billion to four billion per year.

     The Company  believes  that Drew Shoe's  market and  reputation  make it an
acquisition  that will  position  the  Company to  commercialize  its IST in the
Medical  footwear  market.   Drew  Shoe,   following  its  acquisition  and  the
applications  of  IST,  will  be  positioned  as  the  "leading  edge"  in a new
generation of Medical footwear.

     Attached are the unaudited Statement of Income, Balance Sheet and Statement
of Cash Flows for Drew Shoe for the periods  ending  December  31, 1996 and 1995
and for the interim period ending June 30, 1997 and 1996.


EMPLOYEES

     As of August  31,  1997,  the  Company  had 16  employees  and 7  part-time
employees,  including five in technical staff, three in sales and marketing, and
three  senior   management   members,   with  the  rest  being   accounting  and
administrative  staff.  In addition,  the Company  established  a  collaborative
research &  development  relationship  with the State  University of New York at
Stony  Brook,  with  plans to  establish  additional  relationships  with  other
universities, government laboratories, and other sub-contractors.


                                       33
<PAGE>

PROPERTIES

     Since 1990,  the Company has leased office space at 1800 Walt Whitman Road,
Melville,  New York. The Company's  lease expires on March 31, 2000. The current
annualized lease rate for this space is approximately $138,000, which is subject
to annual increases.  The facility,  which contains  approximately  8,400 square
feet, includes biomechanics research laboratories and a comprehensive  ergonomic
library as well as offices.  The  laboratories are used both for testing and for
the redesign of  products.  The  facilities  are believed to be adequate for the
Company's operations into the foreseeable future.


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     There are no material legal proceedings pending against the Company.


SUPPLIERS

     The Company  provides  services,  and the materials it uses in its business
may be obtained from numerous suppliers.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     Information set forth in this Prospectus  regarding the Company's plans for
future operations constitutes "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of
Section 27A of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and Section 21E of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended.  Any  forward-looking  statements
should be  considered  in light of the factors  set forth in the "Risk  Factors"
section of this Prospectus.


                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

    The current directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:

        NAME          AGE                POSITION WITH COMPANY
        ----          ---                ---------------------

Michael Strauss        55      Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer,
                               Chief Operating Officer and Director

Robert Wong            56      Vice Chairman, Chief Technology Officer, Acting
                               Chief Financial Officer, Acting Treasurer, Acting
                               Secretary and Director

Norman B. Wright       61      Vice Chairman, President and Chief Executive
                               Officer, HumanCAD(R) Systems and Director

Julian H. Cherubini    61      Director

Joel L. Gold           56      Director

Sandra Meyer           60      Director

Glenn F. Santmire      54      Director

     Michael Strauss became the Company's  President and Chief Operating Officer
effective  January  2, 1995 and its  Chairman  of the Board and Chief  Executive
Officer on February 16, 1995.  From 1991 to December 31, 1994,  Mr.  Strauss was
President  and Chief  Operating  Officer of Colorado  Prime  Corp.,  a home food
service  company  providing home delivery of high quality,  custom designed food
programs  to retail  customers.  From 1984 to 1991,  he was  Chairman  and Chief
Executive  Officer  of  Capital  Credit  Corporation,   a  subsidiary  of  Union
Corporation,  a New York Stock  Exchange  Company.  Capital  Credit  Corporation
provides  receivables  management  and  consumer  debt  collection  services  to
corporations in the financial


                                       34
<PAGE>

services,  telecommunications,  health care and related businesses. Prior to his
tenure at Union  Corporation,  Mr.  Strauss was  employed  by  American  Express
Company  in  various  senior  management   positions  including  Executive  Vice
President  of the  Financial  Services  Division  of Shearson  Lehman  Brothers,
Executive Vice President of Travel Related  Services,  and President of American
Express Canada,  Inc. Mr. Strauss has a BBA from the City University of New York
and an MBA from the Baruch School-City University of New York.

     In February, 1995, Robert Wong was appointed Vice Chairman of the Board and
Chief  Technology  Officer,  after having become a director in February of 1994.
Since  September,  1996,  Mr.  Wong is also  serving as Acting  Chief  Financial
Officer, Acting Secretary and Acting Treasurer.  Previously,  from February 1994
through  February 1995, Mr. Wong worked as a  representative  for the Prudential
Insurance  Company,  and was a private investor from 1989 to February 1995. Over
the previous 27 years, Mr. Wong was founder and president of several  technology
companies and president of several subsidiaries of Coordinated Apparel, Inc. Mr.
Wong has a Bachelor of Science in Electrical  Engineering and also a Bachelor of
Science in Industrial Management from Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

     In April,1997, Norman B. Wright was appointed President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company's  HumanCAD(R)  Systems Division and Vice-Chairman of the
Company's  Board of  Directors.  Previously,  Mr. Wright was President and Chief
Executive  Officer  of Virtek  Vision  International,  Inc.,  a  Canadian-based,
multi-national   laser-projection  machine  intelligence  and  pattern  analysis
systems  designer  and  manufacturer.  Prior  to  that  he had  been  in  senior
management and had launched and guided a number of public  technology  companies
through their successful development.

     Julian  H.  Cherubini  was  elected  a  director  in June  1995  and is the
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  AliMed,   Inc.,  a  company  that
manufactures   and   distributes  a  broad  range  of  products  for  orthopedic
rehabilitation,  diagnostic imaging,  operating rooms, occupational medicine and
ergonomics.  Mr.  Cherubini  founded AliMed,  Inc. in 1970 and has served as its
President and Chief Executive Officer since its inception. Mr. Cherubini holds a
BS Degree in Metallurgy  from the  Massachusetts  Institute of Technology  and a
Masters Degree in Materials and  Radiochemistry  from the University of Texas at
Oak Ridge.

     Joel L. Gold was elected a Director in February  1994.  In April 1996,  Mr.
Gold became Executive Vice President of L.T. Lawrence Co., an investment banking
firm.  From April 1995 to April 1996, Mr. Gold was a managing  director and head
of investment  banking at Fechtor & Detwiler.  From 1993 to 1995, Mr. Gold was a
managing director at Furman Selz Incorporated, an investment banking firm. Prior
to joining  Furman Selz,  from 1991 to 1993, he was a managing  director at Bear
Stearns & Co., an investment banking firm.  Previously,  Mr. Gold was a managing
director at Drexel Burnham  Lambert for nineteen years. He is currently a member
of the Board of Directors of MSA Realty Corp., Action Industries,  Inc., Concord
Camera,  William Greenberg,  Jr. Desserts and Cakes, Inc., Sterling Vision, Inc.
and Life Medical  Sciences.  Mr. Gold has a law degree from New York  University
and an MBA from Columbia Business School.

     Glenn F. Santmire was  appointed a director in October 1995.  Since 1995 he
has been employed by Unisys Corporation as Group Vice President of the Worldwide
Finance-Market  Sector  Group.  From  1994  to  1995  he  was  President  of GFS
Associates,  Inc.,  a  consulting  firm which he founded.  From 1992 to 1994 Mr.
Santmire was a Senior Vice President at Mastercard  International  and from 1990
to 1992 he was President of Enhanced Telephone  Services,  Inc., a subsidiary of
Citibank.  Mr.  Santmire  possesses  both a BA and an MBA  degree  from New York
University as well as a law degree from George  Washington  University School of
Law.

     Sandra  Meyer was  appointed a director in July of 1997.  Ms.  Meyer is the
Senior  Partner at Clark & Weinstock,  a management  consulting  firm  providing
strategic advisory service to corporations and institutions. She is retired from
Citicorp  where she served as a senior  corporate  officer,  Corporate  Affairs.
Prior to joining  Citicorp,  she served in  increasingly  senior  marketing  and
general management  positions at American Express and General Foods (now part of
Kraft).


                                       35
<PAGE>

                                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Long Term
                                                     Annual Compensation                  Compensation Awards
                                                     -------------------                  -------------------
                                                       Bonus        Other Annual     Options (#)      All Other
Name and Principal Position     Year       Salary ($)    ($)      Compensation ($)                 Compensation ($)
- -------------------             ----              ---    ---      ----------------                 ----------------
<S>                             <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>                <C>  
Michael Strauss (1)             1996       $200,000        -           $8,280             -               -
Chairman, President, Chief      1995       $200,000        -           $7,743        1,000,000            -
Executive Officer and Chief     1994            -          -             -                -               -
 Operating Officer

Robert Wong (2)                 1996       $102,000        -           $6,000             -               -
Vice Chairman,                  1995       $ 87,000        -           $2,000          492,500            -
Chief Technology Officer,       1994           -           -             -               7,500            -
Acting Chief Financial 
Officer, Acting Secretary, 
and Acting Treasurer
</TABLE>

(1)  Mr.  Strauss  became  employed  by the Company as its  President  and Chief
     Operating  Officer on January 2, 1995 at an annual  salary of $200,000.  He
     subsequently became Chairman and Chief Executive Officer with no additional
     compensation on February 16, 1995.

(2)  Mr. Wong was elected a Director in February 1994. He became employed by the
     Company as its Chief Technology  Officer,  and was appointed Vice Chairman,
     on February  16, 1995 at an annual  salary of  $102,000.  Since  September,
     1996,  he is  also  serving  as  Acting  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Acting
     Secretary and Acting Treasurer with no additional compensation.



                                       36
<PAGE>

                 OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1994 AND 1995 (9)
                                INDIVIDUAL GRANTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             NUMBER OF        % OF TOTAL OPTIONS
                            SECURITIES            GRANTED TO
                        UNDERLYING OPTIONS    EMPLOYEES IN FISCAL      EXERCISE OF BASE
NAME                        GRANTED (#)           YEAR 1995(9)            PRICE ($/SH)         EXPIRATION DATe
                        
<S>                          <C>                     <C>                    <C>                    <C>  <C>
Michael Strauss              300,000 (1)             15.94%                 $1.0313                1/03/05
Chairman, President          200,000 (2)             10.63                   0.9219                2/16/05
& Chief Executive Officer    500,000 (3)             26.57                   1.0469                7/03/05


Robert P. Wong                 7,500 (4)              N/A                    1.6800                7/21/04
Vice Chairman, Chief          25,000 (5)              1.33                   0.9219                2/16/05
Technology Officer,          175,000 (6)              9.30                   0.9219                2/16/05
Acting Chief Financial        25,000 (7)              1.33                   1.0313                6/22/05
Officer, Acting              267,500 (8)             14.22                   1.0469                 7/3/05
Secretary and Acting
Treasurer
</TABLE>

- ----------
      (1)   Options vested are as follows: 100,000 shares on January 3, 1996;
            100,000 shares on January 3, 1997; 50,000 shares on January 3, 1998;
            and 50,000 shares on January 3, 1999.

      (2)   Options vested are as follows: 50,000 shares on February 16, 1996;
            50,000 shares on February 16, 1997; 50,000 shares on February 16,
            1998; and 50,000 shares on February 16, 1999.

      (3)   Options vested are as follows: 125,000 shares on July 3, 1996;
            125,000 shares on July 3, 1997; 125,000 shares on July 3, 1998; and
            125,000 shares on July 3, 1999.

      (4)   Options vested are as follows: 7,500 shares on July 21, 1994.

      (5)   Options vested are as follows: 10,000 shares on August 16, 1995;
            7,500 shares on February 16, 1996; and 7,500 shares on February 16,
            1997.

      (6)   Options vested are as follows: 43,750 shares on February 16, 1996;
            43,750 shares on February 16, 1997; 43,750 shares on February 16,
            1998 and 43,750 shares on February 16, 1999.

      (7)   Options vested are as follows: 10,000 shares on December 22, 1995;
            7,500 shares on June 22, 1996; and 7,500 shares on June 22, 1997.

      (8)   Options vested are as follows: 66,875 shares on July 3, 1996; 66,875
            shares on July 3, 1997; 66,875 shares on July 3, 1998; and 66,875
            shares on July 3, 1999.

      (9)   There were no options or stock appreciation rights granted or
            exercised or long term incentive plan payments during the year
            ending December 31, 1996 to the persons set forth in the Summary
            Compensation Table. See "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
            Owners and Management" for disclosure of Options granted in 1997.


                                       37
<PAGE>

    AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND CURRENT OPTION VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                            UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                 AGGREGATED OPTION           OPTIONS AT AUGUST 15,        IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                 EXERCISES IN 1996                 1997* (#)               AUGUST 15, 1997* (9)

                            SHARES ACQUIRED    VALUE
NAME                        ON EXERCISE (#)   REALIZED     EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE     EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
                                                 ($)

<S>                              <C>             <C>            <C>                              <C>
Michael Strauss                  ____            ____           550,000/450,000                  -0- / -0-
Chairman, President &
Chief Executive Officer*

Robert P. Wong                   ____            ____           278,750/221,250                  -0- / -0-
Vice Chairman , Chief
Technology Officer,
Acting  Chief Financial
Officer, Acting
Secretary and Acting
Treasurer*
</TABLE>

* Does not include options granted subject to shareholder approval.

     There were no options or stock appreciation  rights granted or exercised or
long term  incentive plan payments  during the year ending  December 31, 1996 to
the  persons  set  forth in the  Summary  Compensation  Table.  . See  "Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" for disclosure of Options
granted in 1997.

MICHAEL STRAUSS

     Mr. Michael Strauss became the President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Company  effective  January 2, 1995  pursuant to an employment  agreement  dated
October  13, 1994 and amended on February  16,  1995.  On February  16, 1995 Mr.
Strauss became Chief  Executive  Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors.
Pursuant  to a revised  employment  agreement  effective  January 1,  1997,  and
expiring December 31, 1999,  unless renewed,  Mr. Strauss receives a base salary
at a rate of $225,000 per year.  Mr.  Strauss is also entitled to participate in
the  Company's  benefit  plans and to  receive an  allowance  for the cost of an
automobile.  The  employment  agreement  terminates  upon death or  long-term or
permanent  disability of Mr.  Strauss.  The Company may  terminate Mr.  Strauss'
employment for "Cause" which is defined as (i) being convicted of a felony, (ii)
a material  breach of or failure to perform under the employment  agreement,  or
(iii)  intentional  dishonesty  in the  performance  of  his  duties  under  the
employment  agreement.  The Company may also terminate Mr. Strauss without cause
on one hundred and eighty days prior written notice.  Upon  termination  without
cause,  Mr.  Strauss  receives  all  salary  and other  compensation  to date of
termination,  plus  severance.  Upon  termination  on death or  disability,  Mr.
Strauss receives all salary and other compensation to date of termination.  Upon
termination for "Cause",  Mr. Strauss receives all salary and other compensation
except any earned but unpaid bonus. The employment agreement contains a covenant
by which Mr.  Strauss  agreed not to disclose any of the Company's  confidential
information,  nor use any of its property at any time, except as required in the
conduct of his duties.  Mr. Strauss  further agreed to assign to the Company all
inventions and works of authorship made, discovered, or conceived by Mr. Strauss
during the term of employment and agrees to assist the Company in perfecting its
rights to such property. In addition, Mr. Strauss has agreed not to compete with
the  Company  for a period of 6 months  from that date of  termination,  or such
shorter  period as  determined by the Company.  The  employment  agreement  also
prevents Mr.  Strauss,  during the time employed by the company,  and for six(6)
months thereafter,  from (i) soliciting  business or engaging in business of the
type conducted by the Company from any person, firm or entity which was a


                                       38
<PAGE>

customer of the Company at any time within two years  preceding his  termination
or a  prospective  customer,  (ii)  inducing any such  customers to reduce their
business  with the  Company,  (iii)  soliciting  or  attempting  to solicit  any
employees  of the Company to leave the employ of the Company,  (iv)  offering or
causing to be offered  employment  to any person who was employed by the Company
at any time during the two years prior to his termination of employment.

ROBERT P. WONG

     Mr. Robert P. Wong became the Vice Chairman and Chief Technology Officer of
the Company  effective  February 16, 1995.  Pursuant to an employment  agreement
effective January 1, 1997, and expiring  December 31, 1998, unless renewed,  Mr.
Wong  receives a base salary at a rate of $127,000  per annum.  Mr. Wong is also
entitled  to  participate  in the  Company's  benefit  plans and to  receive  an
allowance for the cost of an  automobile.  The employment  agreement  terminates
upon death or  long-term or permanent  disability  of Mr. Wong.  The Company may
terminate  Mr.  Wong's  employment  for  "Cause"  which is  defined as (i) being
convicted of a felony, (ii) a material breach of or failure to perform under the
employment agreement,  or (iii) intentional dishonesty in the performance of his
duties under the employment  agreement.  The Company may also terminate Mr. Wong
without  cause on one  hundred  and  eighty  days  prior  written  notice.  Upon
termination  without cause, Mr. Wong receives all salary and other  compensation
to date of termination, plus severance. Upon termination on death or disability,
Mr. Wong receives all salary and other compensation to date of termination. Upon
termination  for "Cause",  Mr. Wong  receives all salary and other  compensation
except any earned but unpaid bonus. The employment agreement contains a covenant
by which Mr.  Wong  agreed not to  disclose  any of the  Company's  confidential
information,  nor use any of its property at any time, except as required in the
conduct of his  duties.  Mr.  Wong  further  agreed to assign to the Company all
inventions and works of authorship  made,  discovered,  or conceived by Mr. Wong
during the term of employment and agrees to assist the Company in perfecting its
rights to such  property.  In addition,  Mr. Wong has agreed not to compete with
the  Company  for a period of 6 months  from that date of  termination,  or such
shorter  period as  determined by the Company.  The  employment  agreement  also
prevents  Mr. Wong,  during the time  employed by the Company and for six months
thereafter,  from (i)  soliciting  business  or engaging in business of the type
conducted by the Company from any person, firm or entity which was a customer of
the  Company  at any time  within  two  years  preceding  his  termination  or a
prospective customer,  (ii) inducing any such customers to reduce their business
with the Company, (iii) soliciting or attempting to solicit any employees of the
Company  to leave the  employ of the  Company,  (iv)  offering  or causing to be
offered  employment  to any person who was  employed  by the Company at any time
during the two years prior to his termination of employment.

STOCK OPTION PLANS

     The Board of Directors  and the  Shareholders  of the Company  approved and
adopted the 1995 Stock Option Plan(the "1995 Plan").  Pursuant to the 1995 Plan,
the  Company is  permitted  to issue ISOs and NQOs to  employees,  directors  or
consultants of the Company (ISOs and NQOs are hereinafter  collectively referred
to as  "Options").  ISOs under the 1995 Plan are intended to qualify for the tax
treatment  accorded  under Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the  "Code").  NQOs are intended to be Options which do not qualify for
the tax treatment  accorded  under  Section 422 of the Code.  The purpose of the
1995 Plan is to assist the Company in  attracting  and retaining the services of
competent employees, directors and consultants. The 1995 Plan replaces all prior
option  plans and no  further  options  will be granted  under the prior  option
plans.

     Under the Code, generally, there will be no tax consequences from the grant
or  exercise of an ISO under the 1995 Plan.  An  employee  holding (i) an ISO at
least  two  years  from the date of grant and (ii) the  Common  Stock  issued on
exercise for at least one year after the  exercise,  will have long term capital
gain or loss income tax treatment for the gain or loss recognized on the sale of
the Common  Stock.  The  difference  between the fair market value of the Common
Stock at the time the ISO is exercised  and the exercise  price will be an "item
of  adjustment"  under Code Section  56(b)(3)  for  purposes of the  Alternative
Minimum Tax under Code  Section 55. If an employee  disposes of the Common Stock
without  meeting these holding  period  requirements,  the employee will realize
ordinary  income equal to the  difference  between the lesser of the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise and the exercise  price or the
amount realized over


                                       39
<PAGE>

the adjusted basis and capital gain treatment for any excess  realized,  and the
Company will be entitled to a corresponding  income tax deduction,  in an amount
equal to the  ordinary  income  realized  by the  employee.  When an employee is
entitled to capital gain treatment on the sale of the Common Stock,  there is no
taxable event to the Company.  The employee also must remain a Company  employee
from the time the ISO was  granted  until  three (3)  months  before the date of
actual  exercise,  except  that  disabled  employee  or  a  deceased  employee's
representative  may  exercise  an ISO twelve (12) months  after  termination  of
employment.

     Under the Code, generally, there will be no tax consequences from the grant
of a NQO under the 1995 Plan. An employee,  director or consultant holding a NQO
shall be deemed to receive  compensation  upon  exercise of the NQO in an amount
equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Common Stock issued
on exercise over the exercise price.  The employee,  director or consultant will
realize  ordinary  income,  and the Company will be entitled to a  corresponding
income tax deduction, in an amount equal to such excess. Such income constitutes
"wages"  subject to the  withholding  requirements of the Code. The basis of the
Common  Stock  acquired  pursuant to the NQO will be  increased by the amount of
taxable income attributable to the exercise. All gain or loss on the sale of the
Common Stock will be capital gain or loss.

     The  foregoing is based upon the current  Federal tax laws and  regulations
and is not a  complete  description  of the tax  aspects  of the 1995  Plan.  In
addition, each optionee may be subject to state and local taxes.

     All employees,  directors and consultants of the Company, any subsidiary or
any  parent  of the  Company  are  eligible  to  participate  in the 1995  Plan.
Currently,  three officers, three non-officer directors, and all other employees
are eligible to participate.  The Board of Directors anticipates that the number
of eligible employees, directors and consultants may increase with the growth of
the Company.

     The 1995 Plan is  administered  by the Board of  Directors  of the Company,
which to the extent it shall  determine  may delegate its powers with respect to
the administration of the 1995 Plan to a committee (the "Committee")  consisting
of not less than three  members,  who shall be directors of the Company.  To the
extent  permitted  under the express  provisions of the 1995 Plan,  the Board of
Directors  shall have  authority  to  determine  which  employees,  directors or
consultants  are eligible to receive  Options,  the number of shares  covered by
each grant of an Option,  and  otherwise to interpret  and  administer  the 1995
Plan.  The Board of Directors  may at any time  terminate the 1995 Plan and may,
under certain circumstances, amend the 1995 Plan, provided that no amendment may
materially  increase  the  maximum  number of shares  subject  to the 1995 Plan,
materially   increase  the  maximum  benefits  accruing  under  the  1995  Plan,
materially  modify the requirements  for eligibility,  make any change requiring
shareholder  approval  under the Code or the 1934 Act, or change the terms of an
outstanding Option without the consent of the optionee.

     Under the 1995 Plan, ISOs to purchase shares of the Company's  Common Stock
shall not be granted  with an  exercise  price less than 100 percent of the fair
market  value of the  Common  Stock on the  date the ISO is  granted;  provided,
however,  than an employee  that owns more than ten (10%)  percent of the voting
power of all classes of the  Company's  Common Stock shall not be granted an ISO
with an exercise price of less than 110% percent of the fair market value of the
Common  Stock on the date of the grant.  The option price per share with respect
to each NQO  granted  under the 1995 Plan  shall be  determined  by the Board of
Directors.  The employee,  director or consultant shall pay for the Common Stock
acquired  on  exercise  of  Options  under the 1995 Plan by  delivering  a check
payable to the order of the Company,  or cash, a promissory  note,  or shares of
Common  Stock  having  a fair  market  value on the  date of  delivery  equal to
aggregate  exercise  price for such  number of Option  shares and any income tax
withholding  due. In no event shall the  optionee  have any right or status as a
shareholder prior to the issuance of the Option shares.

     Options  under  the 1995 Plan  shall  have a term of not more than ten (10)
years;  provided,  however,  that in no event  shall any ISO granted to a person
then  owning more than ten (10%)  percent of the voting  power of all classes of
the  Company's  Common Stock be  exercisable  more than five (5) years after the
date the Option is granted.  Except for  provisions  requiring  acceleration  of
vesting,  no Option shall vest or be first  exercisable prior to six months from
the date of grant.  Any Option  granted to an employee under the 1995 Plan shall
terminate  three (3) months after  termination of  employment,  except as may be
extended  by the Board.  Any  Option  granted to a  consultant  or  non-employee
director shall terminate twelve (12) months after he ceases to


                                       40
<PAGE>

be a  consultant  or  non-employee  director,  except as may be  extended by the
Board. Any Option granted under the 1995 Plan shall terminate (i) on the earlier
of the  expiration  of the Option or twelve (12) months  after the date on which
the optionee ceases to be an employee, a non-employee  director, or a consultant
if such termination results from the optionee's  permanent and total disability;
and (ii) on the  earlier of the  expiration  of the Option or twelve (12) months
after the  optionee's  death,  if the  optionee  was an  employee,  non-employee
director or consultant at death, during which period the optionee's executors or
administrators  may exercise any Option not exercised by the optionee during his
lifetime.  If  the  optionee's  death  occurs  within  three  (3)  months  after
termination as an employee, a non-employee director or a consultant,  the Option
may be exercised  until the earlier of twelve (12) months  following the date of
the optionee's death or the expiration of the Option.  The aggregate fair market
value,  determined  at the time the ISO is  granted,  of the  Common  Stock with
respect to which ISOs are  exercisable  for the first time by an employee in any
calendar  year  under  the 1995 Plan may not  exceed  $100,000.  Subject  to the
foregoing and to the specific  limitations  set out in the 1995 Plan, any Option
granted  pursuant to the 1995 Plan shall contain  provisions  established by the
Board of Directors setting forth the manner of exercise of such Option.

     Pursuant to the terms of the 1995 Plan,  the number of shares covered by an
Option and the Option  price per share (as well as the maximum  number of shares
as to which  Options  may be  granted  to any one  individual)  are  subject  to
adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, consolidations, and other
similar events. Otherwise, the maximum number of shares that can be issued under
the 1995 Plan is 2,000,000.

     In the event of a change of  control,  all  Options  become  fully  vested.
Change of control is deemed to occur when (i) any group  becomes the owner of at
least 20% of the total  voting  power of all  classes  of  capital  stock of the
Company entitled to vote in an election,  (ii) the current directors shall cease
to constitute a majority of the board, (iii) the shareholders  approve a certain
plan of  liquidation  or  merger  or  consolidation  of the  Company  where  the
Company's  current  shareholders do not hold at least a majority of common stock
of the surviving  corporation or the Board of Directors immediately prior to the
merger  or  consolidation  would  not  constitute  a  majority  of the  Board of
Directors of the surviving corporation, or the shareholders approve an agreement
providing  for  the  sale  or  other  disposition  of  substantially  all of the
Company's assets.

     Unless sooner  terminated in accordance with its terms,  the 1995 Plan will
expire on the date ten (10) years after the date of its adoption by the Board of
Directors and no Option may be granted after that date.

     In 1989, the directors of the Company  adopted and the  stockholders of the
Company approved the adoption of the 1989 Stock Option Plan(the "1989 Plan"). In
1992, the Board of Directors adopted and the stockholders  approved the adoption
of an  amendment  to the Plan to (a)  increase  the total  number of shares with
respect to which options may be granted by 500,000 to 1,565,957,  (b) permit the
granting  of NQOs at a price per share  less than the fair  market  value of the
Company's  Common Stock on the date of grant, (c) permit options to be exercised
up to two years after termination of employment under certain circumstances, and
(d) make certain other changes  necessary to bring the 1989 Plan into compliance
with Rule 16b-3 under Section 16 of the 1934 Act ("Rule 16b-3").  The purpose of
the 1989 Plan was to enable the Company to attract and encourage key  employees,
including officers and consultants,  to contribute to the success of the Company
by  granting  such  employees  ISOs  and/or  NQOs and by  granting  NQOs to such
consultants.  The 1989 Plan  provides  for the  granting  of options to purchase
shares of the Company's Common Stock at a price per share not less than the fair
market  value on the date of grant,  provided  that NQOs may be  granted at less
than the fair market value of the Common  Stock on the date of grant.  No option
may be outstanding for more than ten years after its grant.

     The  1989  Plan has  been  administered  by the  Board  of  Directors  or a
committee  of not less  than two or more  directors  appointed  by the  Board of
Directors (the  "Committee").  Members of the Board who are not employees of the
Company are not  eligible  to  participate  in the 1989 Plan.  The Board (or the
Committee) had determined, among other things, the recipients of grants, whether
a grant  consisted of ISOs or NQOs or a combination  thereof,  and the number of
shares to be subject to such options.



                                       41
<PAGE>

     Upon  exercise  of an  option,  the  holder  must make  payment of the full
exercise  price.  Such payment may be made in cash or check or, if authorized by
the Board of Directors,  by promissory note or in shares of the Company's Common
Stock,  or in a combination  of the above.  Generally,  options may be exercised
while the  recipient  is an employee  of the  Company and within 3 months  after
termination  of  employment.  In the event of a termination of employment due to
the death or permanent disability of an employee, options may be exercised up to
twelve  months  following  the date of  termination  (but in no event  after the
scheduled expiration date of the option).

     The 1989 Plan was replaced by the 1995 Plan.

     Pursuant to the 1995 Plan,  the Board of Directors  has granted  options to
acquire an aggregate of 1,760,500  shares of Common Stock of the Company (net of
cancellations).  The Board of  Directors  intends such options to be ISOs to the
extent such is allowable  under the Code. Any such options granted as ISOs which
exceed such limitation  shall be  characterized  as NQOs. The Board of Directors
has also granted NQOs to acquire an aggregate of 165,000  shares of Common Stock
(net of  cancellations)  pursuant  to the  1995  Plan to  various  officers  and
directors and consultants.

     Pursuant to the 1989 Plan,  the Board of Directors  granted ISOs to acquire
32,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  of the  Company  (net of  cancellations).  In
addition, the Board of Directors granted NQOs to acquire an aggregate of 400,000
shares of Common Stock of the Company (net of  cancellations)  to a  consultant.
The Board of Directors  had also granted NQOs to acquire an aggregate of 100,000
shares of Common Stock (net of cancellations) pursuant to the Non-Statutory Plan
to various officers and directors.

     All  outstanding  options are  exercisable at prices ranging from $0.922 to
$3.219 per share. The exercise prices of all outstanding options were determined
by the Board to be not less than the fair market value of the Common Stock as of
the date of grant. The options all expire not more than ten years after the date
of grant and by their  terms  become void if any of the  recipients  violate any
restrictive covenant or confidentiality  agreement executed by them with respect
to the Company.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     Formerly,  Directors  received no cash  compensation  for their services as
directors,  but were  reimbursed  for  expenses  actually  incurred by them with
respect to attendance at Board of Directors meetings. However, effective July 1,
1995,  non-employee  Directors  received a $5,000  retainer  per year (paid on a
quarterly  basis) and $500 for every  meeting  attended  and $500 for  committee
meetings  fees if held  separately  from board  meetings.  There are no fees for
telephonic  committee or board meetings.  Prior to July 1, 1995, the Company had
compensated  non-employee directors solely through the issuance of NQOs pursuant
to the Non-Statutory Plan, which has expired. As of December 1, 1996, options to
purchase  100,000  shares of Common  Stock under the  Non-Statutory  Plan remain
outstanding.  Non-employee directors have been issued NQO's under the 1995 Plan.
In addition, the Board has granted options to Messers, Gold, Cherubini, Santmire
and Ms. Meyer for each to purchase  50,000 shares,  granting of which is subject
to shareholder  approval.  Accordingly,  the Board has issued NQOs  (exercisable
during a ten-year  term which  options  vest over a two-year  period) to each of
Messrs.  Gold, Wong,  Cohen,  Cherubini and Santmire to purchase an aggregate of
192,500  shares of Common Stock at exercise  prices ranging from $.922 to $1.680
per share, which was determined by the Board to be not less than the fair market
value thereof on the date of grant.


                                       42
<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The following table sets forth  information as of August 15, 1997, based on
information  obtained  from the  records  of the  Company  with  respect  to the
beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock of the Company by (i) each person
known by the Company to be owners of more than five  percent of the  outstanding
shares of Common  Stock,  (ii) each  director and nominee and certain  executive
officers, and (iii) all officers and directors as a group.

                                  Common Stock
                                  ------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Amount and Nature         Percentage of Common
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner                of Beneficial Ownership(2)         Stock Owned
- ------------------------------------                --------------------------         -----------
<S>                                                       <C>                             <C>         
Kirr, Marbach & Co LLC                                                                    
621 Washington Street, Columbus, IN 47201                 2,042,500(3)                    12.8%
                                                                                          
Michael Strauss(1)                                          883,333(4)                     5.5% 
                                                                                                
Robert P. Wong(1)                                           528,750(5)                     3.3% 
                                                                                                
Norman B. Wright(1)                                         250,000(6)                     1.6% 
                                                                                                
Joel L. Gold(1)                                             157,500(7)                     1.0% 
                                                                                                
Julian H. Cherubini(1)                                       75,000(8)                       *     
                                                                                                
Glenn F. Santmire(1)                                         67,500(9)                       *  
                                                                                                
Sandra Meyer(1)                                              50,000(10)                      *  
                                                                                             
All officers and directors as a group (7 persons)         2,012,083                       12.6% 
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  All addresses  are c/o BCAM  International,  Inc.,  1800 Walt Whitman Road,
     Melville, New York 11747.

(2)  The Company  believes  that all persons named in the table have sole voting
     and   investment   power  with  respect  to  all  shares  of  Common  Stock
     beneficially owned by them.

(3)  Includes  warrants to purchase  700,000 shares of Common Stock  exercisable
     within 60 days of the date hereof.

(4)  Includes  options to purchase  550,000  shares of Common Stock  exercisable
     within 60 days of the date  hereof,  plus  333,333  shares of Common  Stock
     which  will be  exercisable  at $0.75 per share  within 60 days  subject to
     shareholder  approval.  Does not include options to purchase 450,000 shares
     of Common  Stock not  exercisable  within 60 days of the date  hereof,  and
     options  to  purchase  666,667  shares of Common  Stock at  $.75/share  not
     exercisable within 60 days subject to shareholder approval.

(5)  Includes  options to purchase  278,750  shares of Common Stock  exercisable
     within 60 days of the date  hereof,  plus  250,000  shares of Common  Stock
     which  will be  exercisable  at $0.75 per share  within 60 days  subject to
     shareholder  approval.  Does not include options to purchase 221,250 shares
     of Common  Stock not  exercisable  within 60 days of the date  hereof,  and
     options to purchase  250,000  shares of Common Stock at $.75  per/share not
     exercisable within 60 days subject to shareholder approval.

(6)  Includes  options to purchase  250,000 shares of Common Stock which will be
     exercisable  at $0.75  per  share  within 60 days  subject  to  shareholder
     approval.  Does not include  options to purchase  250,000  shares of Common
     Stock at $.75/per share not  exercisable  within 60 days of the date hereof
     subject to shareholder approval.



                                       43
<PAGE>

      
(7)  Includes  options to purchase  57,500  shares of Common  Stock  exercisable
     within 60 days of the date hereof, plus 50,000 shares of Common Stock which
     will  be  exercisable  at  $0.75  per  share  within  60  days  subject  to
     shareholder approval.

(8)  Includes  options to purchase  25,000  shares of Common  Stock  exercisable
     within 60 days of the date hereof, plus 50,000 shares of Common Stock which
     will  be  exercisable  at  $0.75  per  share  within  60  days  subject  to
     shareholder approval.

(9)  Includes  options to purchase  17,500  shares of Common  Stock  exercisable
     within 60 days of the date hereof, plus 50,000 shares of Common Stock which
     will  be  exercisable  at  $0.75  per  share  within  60  days  subject  to
     shareholder approval.  Does not include options to purchase 7,500 shares of
     Common Stock not exercisable within 60 days of the date hereof.

(10) Includes  options to purchase  50,000  shares of Common Stock which will be
     exercisable  at $0.75  per  share  within 60 days  subject  to  shareholder
     approval.

*    less than 1%

                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

COMMON STOCK

     In June 1995, the Company  authorized an increase in its authorized  Common
Stock from 20,000,000  shares,  $.01 par value per share, to 40,000,000  shares,
$.01 par value per share, of which 15,954,733  shares of Common Stock are issued
and outstanding as of June 30, 1997,  including 1,075,000 shares of common stock
not yet  registered.  The  holders  of  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock are
entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available theretofore and in
such  amounts as the Board of  Directors  may from time to time  determine.  See
"Dividend  Policy." Each stockholder is entitled to one vote per share of Common
Stock held by him. Under the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation the
Common    Stock    is    not    subject    to    redemption.     See    "Certain
Transactions-Redemption."  Upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the
Company  and  following   provision  for  the  liquidation   preference  of  all
outstanding  preferred stock,  the assets legally  available for distribution to
the holders of Common Stock are  distributable  ratably among the holders of the
outstanding  Common Stock.  All outstanding  shares of Common Stock are, and the
shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Warrants  will upon
issuance,  be fully paid and  non-assessable.  In  September  1989,  the Company
authorized and adopted a Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  which provided
that the Company's  Common Stock is not entitled to any preemptive  rights.  The
Company  has  received  from each of its  Pre-IPO  Stockholders  waivers  of any
preemptive  rights such  stockholders  may have been entitled to with respect to
prior issuances of securities by the Company.

WARRANTS

The following warrants are issued and outstanding:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Number of
                                                                         Shares Obtained
                                       Number of       Exercise Price     Upon Exercise
                                       Warrants        (per share, as        of Each          Expiration 
     Warrants                         Outstanding         adjusted)          Warrant             Dates    
     --------                         -----------         ---------          -------             -----     
<S>                                     <C>               <C>                  <C>              <C>       
     Redeemable Class B                 807,659           $1.50                1.2              1/18/98   
     Redeemable Class E                 491,588           $1.25                1.1              1/18/98   
     Non-Redeemable Class AA          1,075,000           $ .65                1.0              3/31/98   
     Non-Redeemable Class BB             50,000           $1.03125             1.0              7/22/02   
</TABLE>


                                       44
<PAGE>
                                                       

REDEEMABLE CLASS B AND REDEEMABLE CLASS E WARRANTS.

     The  Redeemable  Class B and E  Warrants  have been  issued  pursuant  to a
warrant agreement, dated January 17, 1990 (as amended, the "Warrant Agreement"),
among the Company,  the Underwriter and North American Transfer Co., as assignee
from  American  Stock  Transfer & Trust  Company,  warrant  agent (the  "Warrant
Agent"), and are evidenced by warrant certificates in registered form.

WARRANT AMENDMENTS

     On December  20, 1996,  the Company  extended  the  expiration  date of the
Company's Redeemable Class B Warrants and Redeemable Class E Warrants to January
17, 1998 and amended the exercise  price of the  Redeemable  Class B Warrants to
$1.50/share .

     As provided  initially in the Warrant  Agreement,  each Redeemable  Class B
Warrant  entitled  the holder  thereof to purchase  one share of Common Stock at
exercise prices,  ranging from $3.33 to $4.67 per share,  subject to adjustment,
at any time  commencing  upon issuance of the Redeemable  Class B Warrants until
the close of business on the  expiration  date  (originally  January 17,  1998),
unless  previously  redeemed.  The  Redeemable  Class B Warrants  are subject to
redemption  by the Company at any time on not less than 30 days'  prior  written
notice, at $.03 per Warrant,  if (i) the average closing bid price of the Common
Stock  exceeds  the  applicable  average  closing bid price for any period of 30
consecutive  business days ending within 15 days prior to the date of the notice
of redemption and (ii) the Company has in effect a current  prospectus  covering
the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Class B Warrants.

     The exercise price of the Redeemable  Class B and E Warrants and the number
and kind of  shares of  Common  Stock or other  securities  and  property  to be
obtained  upon the  exercise  of those  Warrants  are subject to  adjustment  in
certain  circumstances,  including a stock split of, or stock  dividend on, or a
subdivision,  combination  or  recapitalization  of, the Common Stock or sale of
Common Stock at less than the market price of the Common Stock, provided that no
adjustment  shall be made unless and until the  adjustment,  or the aggregate of
successive adjustments, would exceed $.25 per share. Additionally, an adjustment
would be made  upon the sale of all or  substantially  all of the  assets of the
Company so as to enable those Warrant holders to purchase the kind and number of
shares of stock or other  securities or property  (including cash) receivable in
such  event by a holder of the  number of shares  of  Common  Stock  that  might
otherwise have been  purchased upon exercise of such Warrant.  No adjustment for
previously  paid cash  dividends,  if any,  will be made upon  exercise of those
Warrants.

     After giving effect to the foregoing  provisions,  the exercise  prices for
the Redeemable  Class E and Redeemable  Class B Warrants,  have been adjusted to
the prices set forth in the table below, and the number of shares to be obtained
upon the exercise of the Class B Warrants has been  increased  from one share to
one  and  two-tenths  (1.2)  shares;  provided,  that,  the  application  of the
foregoing  provisions  for  adjustment  upon the issuance of Redeemable  Class E
Warrants has not resulted in a further  adjustment in the exercise prices of the
Redeemable  Class B  Warrants  because  the  amount  of the  adjustment  has not
exceeded $.25 per share.

     The current  exercise  prices for the  Redeemable  Class B Warrants  are as
follows:

                                                           EXERCISE PRICE
  WARRANTS AND PERIOD                                 (PER SHARE, AS ADJUSTED)
  Redeemable Class B                                            $1.50
  Redeemable Class E                                            $1.25

     The  Warrants do not confer upon the holder any voting or any other  rights
of a stockholder of the Company. Upon notice to the Warrant holders, the Company
has the right to reduce the exercise price or extend the expiration  date of the
Warrants.


                                       45
<PAGE>

     The Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the Warrant  certificate on
or prior to the respective  expiration date (or earlier redemption date) of such
Warrants at the  offices of the Warrant  Agent,  with the form of  "Election  to
Purchase"  on the reverse side of the Warrant  certificate  duly  completed  and
executed,  accompanied by payment of the full exercise price (by certified check
payable to the order of the  Warrant  Agent) for the  number of  Warrants  being
exercised.

     The terms of the Redeemable  Class E Warrants are identical to those of the
Redeemable  Class B Warrants,  excluding the adjusted  exercise prices set forth
above and the adjusted conversion ratio, provided that, pursuant to the terms of
the Company's  Discounted Warrant Plan, each Redeemable Class E Warrant entitles
the  registered  holder  thereof to purchase one and  one-tenth  (1.1) shares of
Common Stock at $1.25 per share, subject to adjustment, at any time prior to its
expiration on January 17, 1998.

NON-REDEEMABLE CLASS AA WARRANTS

     1,075,000   Non-redeemable  Class  AA  Warrants  were  issued  in  1997  in
connection with a private placement offering for $1,075,000. 1,075,000 shares of
the  Company's  Common  Stock are issuable  upon the  exercise of the  1,075,000
Warrants  at an exercise  price of $.65 per share.  The  Non-RedeemableClass  AA
Warrants are exercisable  until March 31, 2002. One Warrant is convertible  into
one share of the  Company's  Common  Stock.  As of the date of this filing,  the
Common  Stock  Shares  issuable  upon  conversion  of the  Warrants had not been
registered.

     The terms of the Non-Redeemable Class AA Warrants are identical to those of
the Redeemable  Class B Warrants,  excluding the exercise prices set forth above
and the conversion  ratio,  provided that,  pursuant to the terms of the private
placement offering, each Non-Redeemable Class AA Warrant entitles the registered
holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock at $.65 per share,  subject
to adjustment, at any time prior to its expiration on March 31, 2002.

NON-REDEEMABLE CLASS BB WARRANTS

     50,000  Non-Redeemable  Class BB  Warrants  were issued on July 22, 1997 in
connection  with the first tranche of a potential  financing of  $1,500,000.  In
addition,  the  Company  expects to  exercise  its option to utilize  the second
tranche of  $500,000  by  September  8, 1997,  resulting  in the  issuance of an
additional 50,000 Non-Redeemable Class BB Warrants. Should the Company choose to
exercise its option to utilize the third  tranche of $500,000,  the Company will
be obligated to issue an additional 50,000 Non-Redeemable Class BB Warrants. The
150,000 aggregate potential outstanding Warrants are exercisable at $1.03125 per
share.  One Warrant is convertible into one share of the Company's Common Stock.
The Non-Redeemable  Class BB Warrants are exercisable until July 22, 2002. As of
the  date of this  filing,  no  Common  Stock  Shares  had  been  registered  in
connection with the Non-Redeemable Class BB Warrants.

     The terms of the Non-Redeemable Class BB Warrants are identical to those of
the Redeemable  Class B Warrants,  excluding the exercise prices set forth above
and the conversion  ratio,  provided that,  pursuant to the terms of the private
placement offering, each Non-Redeemable Class BB Warrant entitles the registered
holder  thereof to purchase  one share of Common  Stock at  $1.03125  per share,
subject to adjustment, at any time prior to its expiration on July 22, 2002.

ACQUISITION PREFERRED STOCK

     The  Company  is  authorized  to issue  750,000  shares of its  Acquisition
Preferred  Stock,  $.01  par  value,  none of which  are  presently  issued  and
outstanding.  The Acquisition  Preferred Stock is only permitted to be issued as
consideration  pursuant to (i) a statutory  merger or  consolidation as to which
the Company is the  surviving  entity,  (ii) the  acquisition  by the Company of
substantially  all the  assets  or  business  of  another  entity  or (iii)  the
acquisition  by the Company of 50% or more of the voting  securities  of another
entity. The Acquisition  Preferred Stock is issuable from time to time in one or
more series.  The Board of Directors is authorized to fix, before issuance,  (i)
the voting powers, if any, and (ii) the designations,  preferences and any other
rights,  qualifications,  limitations and restrictions applicable to each series
of Acquisition Preferred Stock,  including,  without limitation,  dividend rates
and  conditions,  dividend  preferences,  conversion and  redemption  rights and
liquidation  preferences.  The Board of  Directors  may without  approval of the
holders of the Common Stock issue the  Acquisition  Preferred  Stock with voting
and conversion  rights which may adversely  affect the rights,  including voting
rights, of the holders of the Common Stock.


                                       46
<PAGE>

8% PREFERRED STOCK

     The Company is authorized to issue 15,000 shares of its 8% Preferred Stock,
$10.00  par  value,  none of which are  issued  and  outstanding.  Holders of 8%
Preferred Stock do not have any voting rights.

     Holders of shares of 8%  Preferred  Stock are entitled to  cumulative  cash
dividends at an annual rate of $.80 per share,  payable  quarterly,  as and when
declared by the Board of Directors,  before any dividend may be paid or declared
on the Common  Stock.  The Company may at any time,  and within five years after
issuance must, redeem the 8% Preferred Stock, at $10.00 per share, together with
accrued and unpaid dividends, if any. In the event of the liquidation or winding
up of the Company, holders of the 8% Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive
$10.00 per share,  together  with all accrued and unpaid  dividends,  before any
amounts may be paid in respect of the Company's Common Stock.

PREFERRED STOCK OF BCA SERVICES

     On July 22,  1997,  the  Company  commenced  an  offering  of 150 shares of
Redeemable  Convertible  Preferred  Stock in BCA Services  Inc. (a subsidiary of
BCAM  International,  Inc.),  the  proceeds of which were to be used for working
capital  purposes.  The  first  tranche  was in the  amount of  $500,000  and 50
Redeemable  Convertible  Preferred Stock Shares were issued. The second tranche,
expected to be drawn down by  September  8, 1997,  will also be in the amount of
$500,000 and an additional 50 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Shares will
be issued.  A third  tranche is  available to the Company to be drawn down up to
sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Company's   registration  statement  is  declared
effective.  Each share of BCA Services Inc.  Preferred Stock entitles the holder
to convert to a number of common shares of BCAM  International  Inc. at any time
during a one year period following the closing date and is convertible into BCAM
International, Inc. Common Stock at 70% of the average closing bid price of BCAM
common stock over the three day trading  period  ending on the day preceding the
conversion  date.  The  conversion  price  may  in  no  event  be  greater  than
$.9375("maximum  price").  As of the date of this filing,  none of the 6,000,000
shares of Common Stock which are expected to be registered in  conjunction  with
the potential financing of $1,500,000 had been registered.


TRANSFER AGENT AND WARRANT AGENT

     North American Transfer Co.,  Freeport,  New York is the Company's transfer
and warrant agent.

BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISIONS

     New York law  regulates  "business  combinations,"  a term covering a broad
range of transactions,  between  "resident  domestic  corporations" (as defined,
which term would  include the Company) and an interested  stockholder,  which is
defined as any person beneficially owning,  directly or indirectly,  20% or more
of the  outstanding  voting stock of the resident  domestic  corporation  or any
affiliate or associate of such owner. However, if the interested stockholder has
owned at least 5% of such outstanding voting stock at all times from October 31,
1985 to the date at  which he or it first  attains  20%  ownership  (the  "Stock
Acquisition  Date"),  the  proposed  business  combination  is exempt  from this
statute.  Under the statute,  a resident domestic  corporation may not engage in
any  business  combination  with any  interested  stockholder  unless (a) if the
business  combination is to occur within five years of the date the  stockholder
acquired 20% or more  ownership,  either the business  combination  or the stock
acquisition must have been previously approved by the board of directors, or (b)
the business  combination is approved by a majority of outstanding voting shares
(not including those shares owned by the interested stockholder), which approval
may not be effectively given until approximately five years after the interested
stockholder's  Stock  Acquisition  Date,  or (c) the  consideration  paid to the
non-interested  stockholders must meet certain stringent  conditions  imposed by
the  statute.  The  restrictions  imposed  by the  statute  will not  apply to a
corporation  which amends its by-laws by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of
its outstanding  voting stock (not including those shares held by the interested
stockholders)  to "elect out" of the statute;  provided that such amendment will
not be  effective  for 18  months  after  such  vote and  will not  apply to any
business combination where the Stock Acquisition Date is on or prior to the date
of the amendment.


                                       47
<PAGE>

     At this time,  the Company will not seek to "elect out" of the statute and,
therefore,  the  restrictions  imposed by the statute will apply to the Company.
The  Company  does  not  presently  anticipate  participating  in  any  business
combination or similar transaction covered by the "business combination" statute
in the foreseeable future and is not actively considering or discussing any such
transaction.

                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Upon issuance of all shares of Common Stock registered  hereby, the Company
will have 18,339,671  shares of Common Stock outstanding all of which are freely
tradable,  accept  1,075,000  shares of  Common  Stock  which  have not yet been
registered.  The  18,339,671  shares  include  969,191  shares of  Common  Stock
issuable upon exercise of Redeemable Class B Warrants,  540,747 shares of Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of Redeemable Class E Warrants,  and 875,000 shares
of Common Stock issued in connection with Stock Options issued to Consultants.

     With  respect to an  aggregate  of  2,292,500  of Common  Stock under Stock
Option  plans  that could be issued  upon the  exercise  of  options  granted to
employees  and  certain  consultants,  such stock is also  expected to be freely
tradable upon the exercise of the options,  increasing total shares eligible for
future  sales to  20,632,171.  There can,  however,  be no  assurance  that such
options will be exercised  on the dates on which such  exercises  and sales will
occur.

     As of the date of this filing,  the Company had 1,075,000  shares of Common
Stock issuable on the exercise of 1,075,000 Non-Redeemable Class AA Warrants and
1,075,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued,  all of  which  had not  yet  been
registered,  all of such Warrants and Shares issued in  conjunction  with a 1997
Private Placement Offering; 150,000 shares of Common Stock issuable, but not yet
registered,  on the exercise of 150,000  Non-Redeemable  Class BB Warrants;  and
6,000,000  shares of  Common  Stock  issuable,  but not yet  registered,  on the
conversion of shares of Redeemable  Convertible  Preferred Stock in BCA Services
Inc.  Such stock is  expected  to be freely  tradable  upon the  exercise of the
options, and upon the conversion of the shares to the extent available under the
terms of the Formula, up to, and including 6,000,000 shares,  increasing maximum
aggregate shares eligible for future sales to 27,857,171. There can, however, be
no  assurance  that such  options  will be  exercised on the dates on which such
exercises and sales will occur.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     The securities  registered  hereby and described in this  prospectus may be
sold by the owner from time to time through  dealers or brokers in  transactions
on NASDAQ  Over-The-Counter  market  (Small Cap) at prices then  prevailing,  or
directly to one or more  purchasers  in  negotiated  transactions  at negotiated
prices, or in a combination  thereof. The Company is not aware of any agreements
or  arrangements  on the part of any  person  concerning  the sale of any of the
securities  registered  hereby.  The  Company,  at the  request  of  any  person
intending to sell any of the securities  registered hereby,  will deliver copies
of this prospectus, at no cost or charge, to such persons.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the  securities  offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Ruskin, Moscou, Evens & Faltischek, P.C., Mineola, New York.


                                       48
<PAGE>

                                     EXPERTS

     The  consolidated  financial  statements  of BCAM  International,  Inc.  at
December  31,  1996 and for  each of the two  years in the  period  then  ended,
appearing in this Prospectus and  Registration  Statement,  have been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP,  independent  auditors,  as set forth in their report thereon
appearing elsewhere herein and are included in reliance upon such report,  given
upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


                                       49

<PAGE>

                          INDEX OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

BCAM International, Inc. Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet--
June 30, 1997 (Unaudited).....................................................51

BCAM International, Inc. Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations -
Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)...........................52

BCAM International, Inc. Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -
Six  Months Ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)..........................53

BCAM International, Inc. Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial 
Statements - June 30, 1997 (Unaudited)........................................54

Ernst & Young - Report of Independent Auditors................................56

BCAM International, Inc Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet - 
December 31, 1996.............................................................57

BCAM International, Inc Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations -
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995........................................58

BCAM International, Inc Condensed Statements of Common Shareholders' 
Equity - Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995...............................59

BCAM International, Inc Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995........................................60

BCAM International, Inc Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial 
Statements - December 31, 1996................................................61

Drew Shoe Corporation Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet--
June 30, 1997 (Unaudited).....................................................73

Drew Shoe Corporation Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations -
Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)...........................74

Drew Shoe Corporation Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -
Six  Months Ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)..........................75

Drew Shoe Corporation Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet - 
December 31, 1996(Unaudited)..................................................77

Drew Shoe Corporation Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations -
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 (Unaudited)............................78

Drew Shoe Corporation Condensed Statements of Common Shareholders' Equity -
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 (Unaudited)............................79

Drew Shoe Corporation Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -
Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995(Unaudited).............................80

Drew Shoe Corporation Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements -
December 31, 1996(Unaudited)..................................................81


                                       50
<PAGE>

                            BCAM International, Inc.
                Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited)
                                  June 30, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                        <C>    
Assets
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                   240,964
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $11,245         73,796
  Inventory                                                                    26,158
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                   719,725
                                                                         ------------
Total current assets                                                        1,060,643

Property, plant, and equipment, at cost:
  Furniture and fixtures                                                      220,318
  Equipment                                                                   586,421
  Leasehold improvements                                                       50,519
                                                                         ------------
                                                                              857,258
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                             (695,725)
                                                                         ------------
                                                                              161,533
Other assets, principally patents and capitalized software
  (net of accumulated amortization of $103,600)                               337,190
                                                                         ------------
Total assets                                                                1,559,366
                                                                         ============

Liabilities and shareholders' equity Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                                            203,715
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities                              190,343
                                                                         ------------
Total current liabilities                                                     394,058

Other liabilities                                                               4,289
Commitments and contingencies                                                      -
Acquisition preferred stock, par value $.01 per share:
  Authorized 750,000 shares, no shares issued or outstanding                       -

Common shareholders' equity:
  Common stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized 40,000,000 shares,
  16,717,915 shares issued and 15,954,733 shares outstanding                  167,179
  Paid-in surplus                                                          16,002,908
  Deficit                                                                 (14,109,968)
                                                                         ------------
                                                                            2,060,119
  Less 763,182 treasury shares                                               (899,100)
                                                                         ------------
                                                                            1,161,019
                                                                         ------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                  1,559,366
                                                                         ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes


                                       51
<PAGE>

                            BCAM International, Inc.
           Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Three months ended June 30     Six months ended June 30
                                       ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                           1997           1996           1997           1996
                                       ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>         
Net revenue                            $    215,861   $    108,226   $    287,232   $    210,721
Costs and expenses:
  Direct costs of revenue                    71,178          4,543        150,349         49,288
  Selling, general and administrative       618,091        567,659      1,027,026      1,075,315
  Research, development and                  22,368         19,333         30,477         46,560
  engineering
                                       ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Total operating expenses                    711,637        591,535      1,207,852      1,171,163

                                       ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Net loss from operations                   (495,776)      (483,309)      (920,620)      (960,442)

Interest income, net                          5,339         16,722         11,942         41,534
                                       ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Net loss                               $   (490,437)  $   (466,587)  $   (908,678)  $   (918,908)
                                       ============   ============   ============   ============

Net loss per share                     $      (0.03)  $      (0.03)  $      (0.06)  $      (0.06)
                                       ============   ============   ============   ============

Weighted average number of common
  shares outstanding                     15,954,733     14,859,211     15,682,634     14,858,222
                                       ============   ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes


                                       52
<PAGE>

                            BCAM International, Inc.

           Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Six months ended June 30
                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                1997          1996
                                                                            ------------  ------------

<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>         
Operating activities
Net loss                                                                    $  (908,678)  $  (918,908)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities
    Depreciation                                                                 33,984        72,840
    Amortization                                                                 12,837          --
    Accrued interest on held to maturity securities                                --           7,172
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable                                                       (51,259)      (21,850)
      Inventory                                                                 (26,158)         --
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                (386,248)      116,210
      Other assets                                                             (121,492)      (77,821)
      Accounts payable, accrued expenses and sundry liabilities                 108,993      (139,033)
      Other liabilities                                                            --           4,707
                                                                            -----------   -----------
Net cash (used in) operating activities                                      (1,338,021)     (956,683)
                                                                            -----------   -----------

Investing activities
Loss from sale of equipment                                                       3,331          --
Proceeds from sale of equipment                                                   3,000          --
Purchase of equipment                                                            (8,060)         --
Proceeds from sale of held to maturity securities                                  --       1,500,000
                                                                            -----------   -----------
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities                              (1,729)    1,500,000
                                                                            -----------   -----------

Financing activities
Net proceeds from short-term debt                                                  --         400,000
Net proceeds from sale of common stock                                        1,075,000          --
Net proceeds from exercise of options                                              --          18,440
Payment of stock registration and issuance costs                                (20,630)      (59,219)
                                                                            -----------   -----------
Net cash provided by financing activities                                     1,054,370       359,221
                                                                            -----------   -----------

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                               (285,380)      902,538
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                526,344       701,686
                                                                            ===========   ===========
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                  $   240,964   $ 1,604,224
                                                                            ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes


                                       53
<PAGE>

                            BCAM International, Inc.
                                 ("the Company")

              Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
                                   (Unaudited)

                                  June 30, 1997

1. Basis of Presentation

      The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-QSB.
Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required
by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements.
In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring
accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included.
Operating results for the three-month and six-month period ended June 30, 1997
are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year
ending December 31, 1997. For further information, refer to the consolidated
financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company's annual
report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1996.

2. Per Share Data

      Net loss per share has been computed on the basis of the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding for each of the periods presented. Common
stock equivalents have been excluded since their effect is antidilutive.

3. Income Taxes

      The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Financial
Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 109, "Accounting for Income
Taxes". The Company has not reflected a benefit for income taxes in the
accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three
months and six months ended June 30, 1997 and the three months and six months
ended June 30, 1996, since the future availability of net operating loss
carryforwards have been offset in full by valuation allowances in accordance
with FASB Statement No. 109.

4. Private Placement

      On January 15, 1997, the Company offered a minimum of 400,000 units, each
consisting of one share of the Company's common stock and a non-redeemable Class
AA warrant which entitled the holder to purchase one share of the Company's
Common Stock at a price of $1.10 per share, until March 31, 1999. The proceeds
were to be used for the advancement of various technologies as well as for
working capital. The offering was completed on March 28, 1997, and the Company
sold 1,075,000 units for $1,075,000. On May 14, 1997 the Company changed the
conversion price of the Class AA warrants from $1.10 per share to $ .65 per
share and extended the expiration date from March 31, 1999 to March 31, 2002.

5. Stock Purchase Agreement

      On March 19, 1997 the Company entered into an agreement with Drew Shoe
Corporation ("Drew") to purchase all of the common stock of Drew for
approximately $5,000,000. This commitment is contingent upon the Company
obtaining the necessary financing to fund the purchase. The Company does not
have any obligations under this agreement should management be unable to obtain
this financing.


                                       54
<PAGE>

6. Subsequent Events

      On July 24, 1997, the Company completed an offering of 150 shares of
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock in BCA Services Inc. (a wholly owned
subsidiary of BCAM International, Inc.), the proceeds of which were used for
working capital purposes. The first tranche was in the amount of $500,000 and 50
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Shares were issued. Two additional
tranches of $500,000 each are available to the Company to draw down on, one up
to sixty(60) days after the Company's registration statement is declared
effective, and another one up to sixty(60) days after the second tranche is
drawn down.

      On July 23, 1997, the Company reached an agreement with Drew to extend the
deadline for the closing of the Drew Shoe Acquisition, as outlined in the
Purchase Agreement, from March 28, 1997 to September 15, 1997, for $25,000 for
each of the two partners, with the total of $50,000 to be credited to the
purchase price at the closing.

      The Company is in process of arranging the funding for the acquisition of
Drew and, in conjunction with this effort, the following has occurred:

      On July 8, 1997 (modified on August 11, 1997), the Company received a
commitment from Coleman and Company to work to consummate a private placement
offer for a minimum of $3.5 Million and a maximum of $5.0 Million in Convertible
and Redeemable Acquisition Preferred Stock, the shares of which will be
convertible into shares of the Company's Common Stock. In conjunction with this
equity funding, the Company expects that a group, including its largest
shareholder, will purchase $1.0M of additional Preferred Stock, under
substantially the same terms and conditions as the Coleman offer, bringing the
total of the expected funding to between $4.5M to $6.0M. The proceeds are
expected to be used for the acquisition of Drew and other working capital needs.

      On June 18, 1997, the Company received a commitment letter from Coast
Business Credit to provide up to $6.5M in asset-based financing under a
revolving line of credit to be secured by substantially all of the assets of
Drew and to be guaranteed by BCAM International. The proceeds are expected to be
used for the acquisition of Drew and for operating capital for Drew.


                                       55
<PAGE>

                         Report of Independent Auditors

Shareholders and Board of Directors
BCAM International, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of BCAM
International, Inc., as of December 31, 1996, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the
two years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of BCAM
International, Inc. at December 31, 1996, and the consolidated results of their
operations and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December
31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                                           /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Melville, New York
February 27,  1997, except for Note
   10, as to which the date is March 
   28, 1997


                                       56
<PAGE>

BCAM International, Inc.

                           Consolidated Balance Sheet

                                December 31, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                 <C>         
Assets
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                         $    526,344
  Accounts receivable - trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts
    of $11,245                                                                            22,537
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                              333,477
                                                                                    ------------
Total current assets                                                                     882,358
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
  Furniture and fixtures                                                                 220,318
  Equipment                                                                              593,542
  Leasehold improvements                                                                  50,519
                                                                                    ------------
                                                                                         864,379
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                                         670,591
                                                                                    ------------
                                                                                         193,788
Other assets, principally patents (net of accumulated amortization
  of $263,874)                                                                           228,535
                                                                                    ------------
Total assets                                                                        $  1,304,681
                                                                                    ============
Liabilities and shareholders' equity Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                                                  $    118,501
  Accrued expenses and sundry liabilities                                                166,564
                                                                                    ------------
Total current liabilities                                                                285,065
Other liabilities                                                                          4,289
Commitments and contingencies                                                               --
Acquisition preferred stock, par value $.01 per share--authorized 750,000
  shares, no shares issued or outstanding                                                   --
Common shareholders' equity:
  Common stock, par value $.01 per share--authorized 40,000,000 shares, 15,642,915
    shares issued and 14,879,733 shares outstanding                                      156,429
  Paid-in surplus                                                                     14,959,288
  Deficit                                                                            (13,201,290)
                                                                                    ------------
                                                                                       1,914,427
  Less 763,182 treasury shares                                                          (899,100)
                                                                                    ------------
                                                                                       1,015,327
                                                                                    ============
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                          $  1,304,681
                                                                                    ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.


                                       57
<PAGE>

                            BCAM International, Inc.

                      Consolidated Statements of Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Year ended December 31
                                                                  1996           1995
                                                             ---------------------------

<S>                                                          <C>            <C>         
Net revenue                                                  $    604,554   $    752,077

Costs and expenses:
  Direct costs of revenue                                         272,980        598,270
  Selling, general and administrative                           1,801,915      1,831,494
  Research and development                                         97,854        185,819
                                                             ---------------------------
                                                                2,172,749      2,615,583
                                                             ---------------------------
Net loss from operations                                       (1,568,195)    (1,863,506)

Interest income, net of interest expense of $14,579 in 1996        54,055        174,026
                                                             ---------------------------
Net loss                                                     $ (1,514,140)  $ (1,689,480)
                                                             ===========================

Net loss per share                                           $      (0.10)  $      (0.11)
                                                             ===========================

Weighted average number of common shares and
  common equivalent shares outstanding                         14,868,128     14,818,055
                                                             ===========================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.


                                       58
<PAGE>

                            BCAM International, Inc.

             Consolidated Statements of Common Shareholders' Equity

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Common Stock 
                                              $.01 par value                                               Shares held in
                                           --------------------     Paid-in
                                             Shares     Amount      surplus        Deficit      Subtotal      Treasury      Total
                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                        <C>         <C>       <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>         <C>        
Balance at January 1, 1995                 15,520,415  $155,204  $ 14,994,058  $ (9,997,670)  $ 5,151,592   $(899,100)  $ 4,252,492
Shares issued in connection with 
   conversion of BCA Services, Inc. stock     100,000     1,000        99,000          --         100,000        --         100,000
Registration and issuance costs                  --        --         (59,299)         --         (59,299)       --         (59,299)
Net loss                                         --        --            --      (1,689,480)   (1,689,480)       --      (1,689,480)
                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1995               15,620,415   156,204    15,033,759   (11,687,150)    3,502,813    (899,100)    2,603,713
Exercise of common stock warrants              22,500       225        20,520          --          20,745        --          20,745
Registration and issuance costs                  --        --         (94,991)         --         (94,991)       --         (94,991)
Net loss                                         --        --            --      (1,514,140)   (1,514,140)       --      (1,514,140)
                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1996               15,642,915  $156,429  $ 14,959,288  $(13,201,290)  $ 1,914,427   $(899,100)  $ 1,015,327
                                           ========================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.


                                       59
<PAGE>

                            BCAM International, Inc.

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Year ended December 31
                                                                     1996          1995
                                                                 --------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>         
Operating activities
Net loss                                                         $(1,514,140)  $(1,689,480)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
  activities:
    Provision for doubtful accounts                                     --          34,726
    Depreciation                                                      86,220       103,479
    Amortization                                                     103,895        63,648
    Interest accreted on held-to-maturity securities                    --        (114,370)
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable                                            113,458       (50,866)
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets                      (99,892)       (3,105)
      Other assets                                                  (150,618)      (49,492)
      Accounts payable, accrued expenses and sundry liabilities     (137,606)     (277,998)
      Other liabilities                                               (3,554)      (26,888)
                                                                 --------------------------
Net cash used in operating activities                             (1,602,237)   (2,010,346)
                                                                 --------------------------

Investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment                            (6,031)       (5,188)
Proceeds from sale of equipment                                         --           1,200
Purchases of held-to-maturity securities                                --      (2,799,782)
Proceeds from sale of held-to-maturity securities                  1,507,172     4,535,000
                                                                 --------------------------
Net cash provided by investing activities                          1,501,141     1,731,230
                                                                 --------------------------

Financing activities
Proceeds from note payable                                           400,000          --
Repayment of note payable                                           (400,000)         --
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options                           20,745          --
Payment of stock registration and issuance costs                     (94,991)      (59,299)
                                                                 --------------------------
Net cash used in financing activities                                (74,246)      (59,299)
                                                                 --------------------------
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents                               (175,342)     (338,415)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                       701,686     1,040,101
                                                                 ==========================
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                         $   526,344   $   701,686
                                                                 =========================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.


                                       60
<PAGE>

                            BCAM International, Inc.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                December 31, 1996


1. Description of Business and Principles of Consolidation

BCAM International, Inc. (the "Company") is a software technology company,
specializing in ergonomic (human factor) solutions for individuals, government,
and for major corporations. The Company commenced a restructuring in 1995 by
focusing on (i) accelerating the development and commercialization of the
Company's Intelligent Surface Technology ("IST"), (ii) continuing its
development of proprietary software, which consists of IST, MQPro(TM) (formerly
Mannequin(R)), the EARLY(R) process and Back-to-Work(TM) methodology, and (iii)
upgrading and marketing its proprietary software products, and marketing
Software Based Ergonomic Consulting Services. The Company also provides its
Traditional Ergonomic Consulting Services in Ergonomic Product Assessment and
Redesign and Ergonomic Workplace Assessment, with emphasis on broadening and
strengthening long-term business relationships such as joint ventures,
partnerships, licensees and other alliances.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BCAM
International, Inc. and its subsidiaries, BCA Services, Inc., and BCAM
Technologies, Inc., collectively referred to as the "Company". BCA Services,
Inc. was established in December 1993 to directly focus on providing
comprehensive ergonomic laboratory assessment services to U.S. manufacturing and
service industries for measuring the potential risk of musculoskeletal injury.
The operations of BCAM Technologies, Inc., formed in December 1992, which were
not significant, were terminated in December 1993.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents
at December 31, 1996 consist of demand and money market accounts with U.S. banks
($56,759) and a money market account with a U.S.
investment institution ($469,585).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and footnotes. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.


                                       61
<PAGE>

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Revenue

Revenue is recognized based on the percentage of completion method as costs are
incurred, no significant obligations remain outstanding and collection of the
accounts receivable, in management's estimation, is deemed probable.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method at rates based on the
estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives for
furniture and fixtures is 10 years and equipment is 7 years. Leasehold
improvements are amortized over the lease term or estimated useful life of the
improvements, whichever is shorter.

Other Assets

Patents, trademarks and other intellectual properties are initially capitalized
at cost. This amount ($143,344 at December 31, 1996) is being amortized using
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the underlying
assets of approximately 5 years.

In 1996, the Company capitalized software development costs of $85,191. These
costs will be amortized over two years using the straight-line method commencing
when the software is deemed available for sale.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are charged to operations in the period incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using Financial Accounting Standards Board
("FASB") Statement No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." At December 31, 1996,
the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $13,741,000
for income tax purposes, expiring through 2011.


                                       62
<PAGE>

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

At December 31, 1996 and 1995, deferred tax assets approximating $4,672,000 and
$4,129,000, respectively, arising from the future availability of net operating
loss carryforwards have been offset in full by valuation allowances in
accordance with FASB Statement No. 109.

Net Loss Per Share

Net loss per share has been computed on the basis of the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding. Common stock equivalents have been excluded
because their effect is antidilutive.

Stock-Based Compensation

In 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation." In accordance with the standard, the Company elected to continue
to account for its stock-based compensation under Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" and related
interpretations (APB 25). Under APB 25, because the exercise price of the
Company's stock options granted equals the market price of the underlying stock
on the date of the grant, no compensation expense is required to be recognized.

Accounting Change

In 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to Be Disposed Of," which requires impairment losses to be recorded on
long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present
and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are
less than the assets' carrying amount. This adoption had no effect on the
consolidated financial statements.

Reclassification

Certain amounts in the 1995 financial statements have been reclassified to
conform with the 1996 presentation.


                                       63
<PAGE>

3. Acquisition Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 750,000 shares of its acquisition preferred
stock, $.01 par value, none of which are presently issued and outstanding. The
acquisition preferred stock is only permitted to be issued as consideration
pursuant to (i) a statutory merger or consolidation as to which the Company is
the surviving entity, (ii) the acquisition by the Company of substantially all
the assets or business of another entity or (iii) the acquisition by the Company
of 50% or more of the voting securities of another entity. The acquisition
preferred stock is issuable from time to time in one or more series. The Board
of Directors is authorized to fix, before issuance, the voting powers, if any,
the designations, preferences and any other rights, qualifications, limitations
and restrictions applicable to each series of acquisition preferred stock,
including, without limitation, dividend rates and conditions, dividend
preferences, conversion and redemption rights and liquidation preferences.

4. Common Shareholders' Equity

On January 24, 1990, the Company issued and sold 1,100,000 units for $4.00 per
unit in connection with a public offering. The net proceeds, after accounting
for direct expenses of the offering, were approximately $3,397,000. On February
26, 1990, the underwriter issued and sold an additional 165,000 units at $4.00
per unit resulting from the exercise of the overallotment option and the Company
received net proceeds of $574,200. Each unit consists of three shares of common
stock and two Class A warrants. Each Class A warrant is exercisable to purchase
one share of common stock and one Class B warrant at a price of $2.00, subject
to adjustment, commencing one year from the date of the Prospectus (January 17,
1990) until January 17, 1997 (extended from January 16, 1995) subject, in
certain circumstances, to earlier redemption by the Company. As a result of the
dilutive effects of private placements (see Note 7) and the Discounted Warrant
Plan (see below), the number of shares issuable under and the exercise price of
the Company's Class B warrants, which may be exercised commencing upon issuance
until January 17, 1998 (extended from January 17, 1997), have been adjusted such
that each Class B warrant, as adjusted, entitles the holder to purchase one and
two tenths (1.2) shares (originally one share) of Common stock at an adjusted
price that varies from $2.69 to $3.23 to January 17, 1997 and $1.50 per share
thereafter (originally $3.33 to $4.67). As a result of the issuance of
approximately 1,717,000 Class E warrants pursuant to the Discounted Warrant
Plan, each Class A warrant remaining unexercised entitles the holder thereof to
purchase one and two-tenth (1.2) (originally one share) shares of common stock
and one Class B warrant at an adjusted price per share, subject to further
adjustment, of $1.72. Since the Company has satisfied the condition of
redemption, namely the closing bid price of common stock of the Company
exceeding $2.67 for a period of 30 consecutive business days, the remaining
Class A Warrants were called effective November 19, 1993. The Company extended
the redemption date to December 20, 1993 and 807,659 Class A Warrants were
exercised resulting in the issuance of 969,191 shares of common stock and
807,659 Class B Warrants exercisable to purchase 969,191 shares of common stock
and receipt by the Company of net proceeds of $1,667,008.

4. Common Shareholders' Equity (continued)

In connection with the public offering, the Company sold 110,000 Unit Purchase
Options (the "Unit Options") to the underwriter and a finder on January 24, 1990
for a nominal consideration. The units purchasable upon exercise of the Unit
Options are identical to the units sold in the public offering, except that the
warrants included therein are not redeemable. The Unit Options are exercisable
at 130% of the public offering price subject to certain antidilution
adjustments. The Unit Options are exercisable during the five-year period
(originally three-years) commencing two years from the date of the public
offering, expiring January 17, 1997. As a result of the dilutive effects of the
private placement, the number of Unit Options has been increased to 127,547 and
the unit price adjusted to $4.35 per unit (originally $5.20 per unit). Pursuant
to a settlement agreement certain Unit Purchase Option holders surrendered for
exercise in full 30,369 units in a cashless transaction that provided them with
85,674 shares of common stock representing the excess of the fair market value
of the common stock and Class A warrants, over the exercise price of the Unit.
At December 31, 1996, there were 97,178 units (underwriter) and 1,568 units
(finder) outstanding.

In October 1991, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a Discounted
Warrant Plan, providing for 1) a reduction in the price of each Class A warrant
which was exercised during the Class A Limited Exercise Period (expired in 1992)
from $2.00 to the discounted price of $1.50 per share of common stock, and 2)
the issuance to each holder who exercised a discounted Class A warrant during
the Class A Limited Exercise Period, a Class E warrant, in lieu of a Class B
warrant, which has the same terms and conditions as the Class B warrants, except
that the price of each Class E warrant was reduced to the discounted price of
$1.25 per share of common stock until the expiration date on January 17, 1998
(extended from January 16, 1995).

Pursuant to the Discounted Warrant Plan, approximately 1,717,000 Class A
warrants were exercised resulting in the issuance of approximately 1,717,000
shares of common stock and 1,717,000 Class E warrants exercisable to purchase
approximately 1,888,700 shares of common stock and the receipt by the Company of
net proceeds of approximately $2,500,000. During the year ended December 31,
1993, 1,022,825 Class E warrants were exercised resulting in an issuance of
1,125,109 shares of common stock and receipt by the Company of net proceeds of
$1,406,464. In connection with the exercise of the E warrants, options to
purchase 38,508 unregistered shares of common stock exercisable at prices
ranging from $3.31 through $3.44 per share were issued to two 


                                       64
<PAGE>

registered brokerage houses, as an inducement for their exercise of the
aforementioned Class E warrants. The options were exercisable for 18 months from
the dates of exercise of the Class E warrants (October 1993). In addition,
through December 31, 1992, 202,588 Class E warrants were exercised resulting in
the issuance of approximately 223,000 shares of common stock and the receipt by
the Company of net proceeds of approximately $280,000. In connection with the
Discounted Warrant Plan, the Board of Directors issued in 1992 an aggregate of
166,154 restricted shares of common stock of the Company to two registered
brokers, in full payment of the compensation due them for soliciting the
exercise of the Class A warrants.

4. Common Shareholders' Equity (continued)

In June 1991, Class D warrants exercisable over a five-year term to purchase
176,250 shares of common stock at $2.00 per share and Class C warrants
exercisable over a five and one-half year term (originally five-year term) to
purchase 200,000 shares of common stock at $1.00 per share were issued in
connection with the private placement (see Note 7). As a result of the exercise
of Class E warrants and pursuant to provisions for adjustment of the exercise
price of the Company's Class D warrants, each Class D warrant entitles the
holder to purchase approximately two and three-tenths (2.3) (originally one
share) shares of common stock at an adjusted price per share, subject to further
adjustment, of approximately $.88 per share and each Class C warrant to purchase
228,571 (originally 200,000) shares of common stock at $.88 per share. Through
December 31, 1996, 173,750 Class D warrants have been exercised resulting in an
issuance of 397,143 shares of common stock and the receipt by the Company of
$347,500 and 63,334 Class C warrants have been exercised resulting in an
issuance of 72,334 shares of common stock and the receipt by the Company of
$63,344. The Class C warrants still outstanding which were to expire on January
17, 1997 were extended to March 18, 1997 and the price was reduced to $.75 per
share. Such warrants expired unexercised.

Effective June 22, 1995, the Company's shareholders voted to increase the number
of authorized common stock from 20 million shares to 40 million shares.

Common shares reserved for future issuance as of December 31, 1996 are
approximately as follows:

      Units sold in public offering in 1990:
         Class B warrants                                          969,000
         Class E warrants                                          541,000
      Third party options (Note 5)                                 500,000
      Unit Options                                                 766,000
      1989 Stock Option Plan (Note 5)                              432,000
      1989 Nonstatutory Plan (Note 5)                              100,000
      1995 Stock Option Plan                                     1,761,000
      Warrants issued in private placement in 1991 (Note 7):             0
         Class C warrants                                          156,000
         Class D warrants                                            6,000
                                                               ------------
                                                                 5,231,000
                                                               ============


                                       65
<PAGE>

5. Stock Options

In June 1995, the shareholders of the Company approved the adoption of the 1995
Stock Option Plan (the "1995 Plan"). The 1995 Plan provides for the granting of
incentive stock options ("ISOs") and/or nonqualified stock options to employees,
directors or consultants of the Company to purchase an aggregate of 2,000,000
shares of the Company's common stock. The option price per share for ISOs
granted under the 1995 Plan shall not be less than the fair market value of the
Company's common stock on the date of grant. Furthermore, the option price per
share shall be determined by the Board of Directors. Options vest based on
certain provisions related principally to future services. Options are
exercisable over various periods up to ten years from the date of grant. No
option may be granted under the 1995 Plan after June 2005. At December 31, 1996,
there were 219,500 shares available for granting of future options. The 1995
Plan replaced all prior option plans and no further options will be granted
under the prior option plans.

In 1989, the shareholders of the Company approved the adoption of a 1989 Stock
Option Plan (the "1989 Plan"). The 1989 Plan provided for the granting of
incentive stock options and/or nonqualified stock options to key employees and
consultants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock at a price per
share not less than the fair market value on the date of grant. In 1992, the
Plan was amended to (a) increase the number of shares to 1,565,957, (b) permit
the granting of nonqualified stock options at a price per share less than the
fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant and (c)
permit options to be exercised up to two years after termination of employment
under certain circumstances. Options vest based on certain provisions related
principally to future services. Options are exercisable over various periods up
to six years from the date of grant. Pursuant to the terms of the 1995 Plan, no
options may be granted under the 1989 Plan subsequent to June 22, 1995.

In 1989, the Company also adopted a Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan (the "1989
Nonstatutory Plan") for directors. Under the 1989 Nonstatutory Plan, the Company
could grant options for the purchase of an aggregate of 355,000 shares of common
stock at not less than fair market value at the date of grant. The options
expire at various dates. Pursuant to the terms of the 1995 Plan, no options may
be granted under the 1989 Nonstatutory Plan subsequent to June 22, 1995.


                                       66
<PAGE>

5. Stock Options (continued)

Option activity during each of the two years ended December 31, 1996 for the
1989 Plan and the 1989 Nonstatutory Plan is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    1989 Nonstatutory Plan                     1989 Plan
                                      Shares Under Option                 Shares Under Option
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 Weighted
                                                     Number                       Average     Number
                                 Option price per      of      Option price per  Exercise        of
                                       share         Shares         share         Price       Shares
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                              <C>                 <C>         <C>                         <C>      
Balance at January 1, 1995                           190,833                                  988,008
Granted                                                    -              $.92                119,000
Cancelled/expired                $1.13 to $2.56      (90,833)    $.92 to $3.47               (655,008)
                                                  -------------                            -------------
Balance at December 31,1995                          100,000                       $1.95      452,000
Exercised                                                  -              $.92      $.92       (2,500)
Cancelled                                                  -     $.92 to $3.13     $2.18      (17,500)
                                                  -------------                            -------------
Balance at December 31,1996                          100,000                       $1.94      432,000
                                                  =============                            =============
</TABLE>

Option activity during each of the two years ended December 31, 1996 for the
1995 Plan is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1995 Plan
                                                              Shares Under Option
                                            ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Weighted           Number
                                            Option price per         Average             of
                                                  share          Exercise Price        shares
                                            ------------------------------------------------------

       <S>                                  <C>                       <C>            <C>      
       Balance at January 1, 1995                                                          -
       Granted                              $0.92 to $1.68                           1,962,500
       Cancelled/expired                             $0.92                             (30,000)
                                                                                   ---------------
       Balance at December 31,1995                                    $1.04          1,932,500
                                                                                   ---------------
       Granted                              $0.95 to $1.20            $1.09            198,000
       Cancelled/expired                             $0.92            $1.09           (350,000)
       Exercised                                     $0.92            $0.92            (20,000)
                                                                                   ---------------
       Balance at December 31,1996                                                   1,760,500
                                                                                   ===============
</TABLE>


                                       67
<PAGE>

5. Stock Options (continued)

During 1996, the Company granted 100,000 fully vested nonstatutory stock options
at fair market value to a third party, which are exercisable for a period of ten
years at a price of $1.17 per share. In addition, during 1995, the Company
granted 300,000 fully vested nonstatutory stock options at fair market value to
a third party, which are exercisable for a period of eighteen months at a price
of $1.05 per share, and 5,000 nonstatutory stock options at fair market value to
a third party, which were cancelled in 1996. Further, in 1994 the Company
granted 100,000 nonstatutory stock options at fair market value to a third
party, which vest ratably over two years and are exercisable for a period of
five years at a price of $1.69 per share. At December 31, 1996, 500,000 of these
options are outstanding.

                                 * * * * * * * *

Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by
FASB Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based compensation" which requires
that the information be determined as if the Company has accounted for its stock
options granted subsequent to December 31, 1994 under the fair value method of
that statement. The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of
the grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company's pro forma
information follows:

                                                   December 31
                                             1996               1995
                                          ------------------------------

       Pro forma net loss                 $(1,861,660)       $(1,876,559)
       Pro forma loss per share           $      (.13)       $      (.13)

The fair value of these options at the date of the grant was estimated with the
following weighted average assumptions for 1996 and 1995: risk free interest
rates ranging from 5.7% to 7.1%, no dividend yield, volatility factor of the
expected market price of the Company's common stock of 49%, and a weighted
average expected life of the options ranging from six to eight years. Because
Statement 123 is applicable only to options granted subsequent to December 31,
1994 and employee stock options granted vest over a period from one to four
years, its pro forma effect will not be fully reflected in pro forma net income.


                                       68
<PAGE>

5. Stock Options (continued)

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at
December 31, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Options Outstanding                   Options Exercisable
                ------------------------------------------  ---------------------------
                                  Weighted
                    Number         Average      Weighted        Number       Weighted
   Range of     Outstanding at    Remaining     Average     Outstanding at   Average
Exercise Price   December 31,    Contractual    Exercise     December 31,    Exercise
                    1996             Life        Price           1996         Price
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>               <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>  
 $0.92-$1.00        495,500       8.0 years      $0.92          157,250       $0.92
 $1.01-$2.00      1,589,000       6.8 years      $1.12          708,375       $1.12
 $2.01-$3.22        208,000       0.2 years      $2.64          205,000       $2.65
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 $0.92-$3.22      2,292,500       2.5 years      $1.22        1,070,625       $1.38
=======================================================================================
</TABLE>

The weighted average fair value of all stock options granted in 1996 was $.70
per share.

6. Leases

The Company leases its office space for a term extending through March 31, 2000.
In August, 1996, this lease was modified to reflect a reduction in leased space.
Additionally, the Company has entered into various operating leases for
equipment. Future minimum payments under noncancellable operating leases for
years ending December 31 are as follows:

                        1997                $150,674
                        1998                 155,146
                        1999                 155,865
                        2000                  39,316
                                          ------------
                                            $501,001
                                          ============

Rent expense in 1996 and 1995, under all operating leases, was approximately
$168,000 and $179,000, respectively.


                                       69
<PAGE>

7. Private Placements

On June 25, 1991, the Company completed a private placement, for which D.H.
Blair and Co. Inc. ("Blair") acted as placement agent, of $1,762,500 of its
securities, consisting of $1,101,562 of Senior Secured Convertible Promissory
Notes (the "Notes") convertible into Common Stock at $1.00 per share, 660,937
shares of common stock at $1.00 per share and 176,250 Class D warrants
exercisable over a five-year term at $.88 per share (originally $2.00 per share)
for 402,731 shares (originally 176,250 shares) of common stock. These securities
had been sold pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement among the Company, the
purchasers and Blair as purchasers' representative (the "Purchase Agreement"),
in a total of 35.25 Units of $50,000 each, consisting of a $31,250 Note, 18,750
shares of common stock and 5,000 Class D warrants. The Company paid Blair a fee
of $176,250 and expenses of $56,750 and issued to Blair, Class C warrants
exercisable over a five-year term to purchase 228,571 shares (originally 200,000
shares) of common stock at $.88 (originally $1.00 per share). All of the Notes
were converted or redeemed in 1992.

During the period commencing in June 1993 and ending in September 1993, the
Company completed four separate private placements ("Private Placements"), of an
aggregate of 1,843,873 shares of the Company's common stock at prices ranging
from $1.10 to $1.15 per share for net proceeds of $2,039,925. The Company paid
commissions in the amount of $35,075 to an individual, granted 100,000 shares of
unregistered common stock and options to purchase an additional 425,000 shares
of common stock at prices ranging from $1.31 to $3.47 per share, in
consideration of services rendered in connection with the Private Placements.

8. Deferred Revenue

On December 27, 1993, the Company sold 100,000 shares (2.4% interest) of its
subsidiary BCA Services, Inc. to Polaris Partners for the sum of $100,000
resulting in the Company recording such amount as deferred revenue. Pursuant to
an exchange agreement dated April 6, 1995, the Company agreed to exchange the
100,000 shares of BCA Services, Inc. for 100,000 shares of BCAM International,
Inc., at which time $99,000 of the deferred revenue was credited to paid-in
surplus and $1,000 was credited to common stock.

9. Significant Customers

The Company generated a significant percentage of its revenue from a small
number of customers. In 1996, revenue from three customers comprised
approximately 74% of total revenue (38%, 18% and 18%). In 1995, revenue from
four customers comprised approximately 62% of total revenue (29%, 12%, 11% and
10%).

At December 31, 1996, three customers accounted for approximately 84% of the
Company's gross accounts receivable. Consistent with industry standards,
receivables are generally payable within 90 to 120 days and collateral is not
required.


                                       70
<PAGE>

10. Subsequent Events

On March 19, 1997 the Company entered into an agreement with another company
(the "acquiree") to purchase all of the common stock of the acquiree for
approximately $4,600,000. This commitment is contingent upon the Company
obtaining the necessary financing to fund the purchase. The Company does not
have any obligations under this agreement should management be unable to obtain
this financing.

On January 15, 1997, the Company offered a minimum of 400,000 units, each
consisting of one share of the Company's common stock and a non-redeemable Class
AA warrant which entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company's
Common Stock at a price of $1.10 per share, until March 31, 1999. The offering
was completed on March 28, 1997, and the Company sold 1,075,000 units for
$1,075,000. The funds will be used for the advancement of various technologies
as well as for working capital.


                                       71
<PAGE>


                                       72

<PAGE>

                                 DREW SHOE CORP
                                  BALANCE SHEET
                         AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
  CASH                                                             $    176,023
  NOTES AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE-LESS ALLOWANCE FOR
    DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS (1997-$66,460; 1996-$116,287)                   1,925,197
  INVENTORIES                                                         6,644,853
  PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER                                            102,879
                                                                   ------------
    TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                              8,848,952
                                                                   ------------

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT-AT COST:
  LAND                                                                  100,000
  BUILDINGS AND IMPROVEMENTS                                            811,353
  MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT                                             2,763,362
                                                                   ------------
    TOTAL                                                             3,674,715
  LESS ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION                                       2,340,079
                                                                   ------------
    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT-NET                                 1,334,636
                                                                   ------------

OTHER ASSETS:
  CASH SURRENDER VALUE OF LIFE INSURANCE-NET OF                          74,357
  POLICY LOANS (1997-$423,334; 1996-$499,460)
  INTANGIBLE PENSION ASSET                                               59,390
                                                                   ------------
  MISCELLANEOUS                                                         187,529
                                                                   ------------
    TOTAL OTHER ASSETS                                                  321,276

                                                                   ============
TOTAL                                                              $ 10,504,864
                                                                   ============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  CURRENT PORTION OF LONG-TERM DEBT                                $  2,815,386
  ACCOUNTS PAYABLE                                                      675,878
  ACCRUED PAYROLL AND PAYROLL TAXES                                     281,838
  ACCRUED PENSION COSTS-CURRENT PORTION                                 246,823
  ACCRUED OTHER LIABILITIES                                             150,458
                                                                   ------------
    TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                         4,170,383

LONG-TERM DEBT - LESS CURRENT PORTION                                 1,113,266
ACCRUED PENSION COST-ADDITIONAL LIABILITY                               110,613

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  COMMON STOCK-NO PAR VALUE; AUTHORIZED-1,711.3422 SHARES;
  ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING-1710 SHARES                                    127,156
  RETAINED EARNINGS                                                   5,034,669
                                                                   ------------
    TOTAL                                                             5,161,825
  EXCESS ADDITIONAL PENSION LIABILITY                                   (51,223)
                                                                   ------------
    TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY                                         5,110,602

TOTAL                                                              $ 10,504,864
                                                                   ============

In the opinion of management, the unaudited financial statements include all
normal recurring adjustments the Company considers necessary for a fair
presentation of such financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles,


                                       73
<PAGE>

                                 DREW SHOE CORP
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
           FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)

                                                        1997            1996
                                              ----------------------------------
NET SALES                                             $7,773,892      $7,346,378

COST OF GOODS SOLD                                     4,709,086       4,611,994
                                              ----------------------------------
GROSS MARGIN                                           3,064,806       2,734,384
                                              ----------------------------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  SELLING                                              1,816,954       1,597,533
  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE                             915,245         853,321
                                              ----------------------------------
    TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES                           2,732,199       2,450,854
                                              ----------------------------------

OPERATING INCOME                                         332,607         283,530

INTEREST EXPENSE (NET
  OF INTEREST INCOME)                                    153,351         121,151
                                              ----------------------------------

NET INCOME                                            $  179,256      $  162,379
                                              ==================================

In the opinion of management, the unaudited financial statements include all
normal recurring adjustments the Company considers necessary for a fair
presentation of such financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles,


                                       74
<PAGE>

                                 DREW SHOE CORP
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
            FOR THE PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997        1996
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>      
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
NET INCOME                                                  $ 179,256   $ 162,379
ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME TO NET CASH PROVIDED
  BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION                               118,480     106,401
  (INCREASE) IN NOTES AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE                (366,575)   (198,296)
  DECREASE (INCREASE) IN INVENTORY                             49,180    (866,579)
  DECREASE IN PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER                       13,656       9,712
  INCREASE (DECREASE) IN ACCOUNTS PAYABLE                    (208,084)    433,201
  INCREASE (DECREASE) IN ACCRUED PAYROLL AND PAYROLL TAXES    (47,227)     29,182
  INCREASE IN PENSION EXPENSE                                  51,388     104,290
  INCREASE IN ACCRUED AND OTHER LIABILITIES                    68,529     116,608
                                                          -----------------------
    NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES                (141,397)   (103,102)
                                                          -----------------------

                                                          -----------------------
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES-PROPERTY PURCHASED        (94,675)   (146,347)
                                                          -----------------------

CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  NET PROCEEDS UNDER REVOLVER NOTE AGREEMENT                  973,000     229,681
  PROCEEDS FROM THE ISSUANCE OF LONG-TERM DEBT                             12,828
  PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS ON LONG-TERM DEBT                       (587,662)    (73,382)
  NET PROCEEDS FROM LOANS AGAINST THE CASH SURRENDER VALUE                142,848
    OF LIFE INSURANCE
  DISTRIBUTIONS TO SHAREHOLDERS                                           (55,560)
                                                          -----------------------
    NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES                 385,338     256,415
                                                          -----------------------

NET INCREASE IN CASH                                          149,266       6,966

CASH-BEGINNING OF PERIOD                                       26,757      27,659
                                                          -----------------------

CASH-END OF PERIOD                                          $ 176,023   $  34,625
                                                          =======================
</TABLE>

In the opinion of management, the unaudited financial statements include all
normal recurring adjustments the Company considers necessary for a fair
presentation of such financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles,


                                       75
<PAGE>

DREW SHOE CORPORATION


UNAUDITED BALANCE SHEETS, DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS                                                        1996           1995
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>         
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash                                                   $     26,757   $     27,659
  Notes and accounts receivable - less allowance for
    doubtful accounts (1996 - $68,000; 1995 - $115,400)     1,558,622      1,991,761
  Inventories                                               6,694,033      5,982,321
  Prepaid expenses and other                                  116,536        141,531
                                                         ------------   ------------
           Total current assets                             8,395,948      8,143,272

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT - At cost:
  Land                                                        100,000        100,000
  Buildings and improvements                                  865,325        828,676
  Machinery and equipment                                   2,614,715      2,395,964
                                                         ------------   ------------
           Total                                            3,580,040      3,324,640
  Less accumulated depreciation                             2,229,895      1,992,809
                                                         ------------   ------------
           Property, plant and equipment - net              1,350,145      1,331,831

OTHER ASSETS:
  Cash surrender value of life insurance - net of
    policy loans (1996 - $501,000; 1995 - $349,000)            69,074        189,821
  Intangible pension asset                                     59,390        296,052
  Miscellaneous                                               194,200        132,357
                                                         ------------   ------------
           Total other assets                                 322,664        618,230
                                                         ------------   ------------
TOTAL                                                    $ 10,068,757   $ 10,093,333
                                                         ============   ============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Current portion of long-term debt                      $  2,135,315   $  1,886,458
  Accounts payable                                            883,962        858,350
  Accrued payroll and payroll taxes                           329,065        368,574
  Accrued pension cost - current portion                      195,435         79,540
  Accrued other liabilities                                    75,022         31,081
                                                         ------------   ------------
           Total current liabilities                        3,618,799      3,224,003

LONG-TERM DEBT - Less current portion                       1,407,999      1,560,856

ACCRUED PENSION COST - Additional liability                   110,613        527,017

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock - no par value; authorized - 1,711.3422
    shares; issued and outstanding - 1,710 shares             127,156        127,156
  Retained earnings                                         4,855,413      4,885,266
                                                         ------------   ------------
           Total                                            4,982,569      5,012,422
  Excess additional pension liability                         (51,223)      (230,965)
                                                         ------------   ------------
           Total shareholders' equity                       4,931,346      4,781,457
                                                         ------------   ------------
TOTAL                                                    $ 10,068,757   $ 10,093,333
                                                         ============   ============
</TABLE>

See notes to financial statements.


                                       76
<PAGE>

DREW SHOE CORPORATION

UNAUDITED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                        1996             1995

NET SALES                                           $14,609,346      $13,646,926

COST OF GOODS SOLD                                    9,146,708        8,590,713
                                                    -----------      -----------
GROSS MARGIN                                          5,462,638        5,056,213
                                                    -----------      -----------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Selling                                             3,477,433        2,972,764
  General and administrative                          3,477,433        1,546,155
                                                    -----------      -----------
        Total operating expenses                      5,177,812        4,518,919
                                                    -----------      -----------
OPERATING INCOME                                        284,826          537,294

INTEREST EXPENSE (Net
  of interest income)                                   259,119          253,692
                                                    -----------      -----------
NET INCOME                                          $    25,707      $   283,602
                                                    ===========      ===========

See notes to financial statements.


                                       77
<PAGE>

DREW SHOE CORPORATION

UNAUDITED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Excess
                                                Common Stock                      Additional         Total
                                                Outstanding         Retained        Pension      Shareholders'
                                              Shares    Amount      Earnings       Liability        Equity
<S>                                           <C>      <C>         <C>             <C>           <C>        
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994                    1,710    $127,156    $ 4,853,464                   $ 4,980,620

Net income                                                             283,602                       283,602
Change in excess of additional pension
liability
  over recognized intangible pension asset                                         $(230,965)       (230,965)
Distributions to shareholders                                         (251,800)                     (251,800)
                                              -----    --------    -----------     ---------     -----------

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995                    1,710     127,156      4,885,266      (230,965)      4,781,457

Net income                                                              25,707                        25,707
Change in excess of additional pension
liability
  over recognized intangible pension asset                                           179,742         179,742
Distributions to shareholders                                          (55,560)                      (55,560)
                                              -----    --------    -----------     ---------     -----------


BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996                    1,710    $127,156    $ 4,855,413     $ (51,223)    $ 4,931,346
                                              =====    ========    ===========     =========     ===========
</TABLE>

See notes to financial statements.


                                       78
<PAGE>

DREW SHOE CORPORATION

UNAUDITED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1996       1995
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>      
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income                                                  $  25,707   $ 283,602
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                               247,978     227,088
    Decrease (increase) in notes and accounts receivable        433,139    (312,845)
    Increase in inventories                                    (711,712)   (276,645)
    Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other            83,899     (51,089)
    Increase in accounts payable                                 25,612     222,689
    Increase (decrease) in accrued payroll and payroll taxes    (39,509)     37,366
    Increase (decrease) in accrued pension expense              115,895     (23,567)
    Increase (decrease) in accrued other liabilities             43,941     (18,049)
                                                              ---------   ---------

           Net cash provided by operating activities            224,950      88,550
                                                              ---------   ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES - Property purchased      (266,292)   (232,117)
                                                              ---------   ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net proceeds under revolver note agreement                    218,123     396,357
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                       21,308     450,132
  Principal payments on long-term debt                         (143,431)   (526,653)
  Distributions to shareholders                                 (55,560)   (157,800)
                                                              ---------   ---------

         Net cash provided by financing activities               40,440     162,036
                                                              ---------   ---------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH                                    (902)     18,469

CASH - BEGINNING OF YEAR                                         27,659       9,190
                                                              ---------   ---------

CASH - END OF YEAR                                            $  26,757   $  27,659
                                                              =========   =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:

  .  Cash paid during the year for interest                   $ 328,540   $ 358,296
                                                              =========   =========
  .  Non-cash transactions:
      Change in additional pension liability recorded as:
          Increase (decrease) in intangible pension asset     $(236,662)  $ 123,951
          Decrease (increase) in shareholders' equity          (179,742)    230,965
                                                              ---------   ---------

          Total                                               $(416,404)  $ 354,916
                                                              =========   =========

      Shareholders' receivables offset against distributions              $  94,000
                                                                          =========
</TABLE>

See notes to financial statements.


                                       79
<PAGE>

DREW SHOE CORPORATION

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

      Operations - The Company manufactures, imports, and distributes women's
      and men's shoes for sale to independent retailers and through Company
      owned retail operations throughout the United States.

      Cash - Substantially all of the Company's cash is maintained in one
      banking institution.

      Inventories - Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a
      first-in, first-out basis, or market. Inventories at December 31, 1996 and
      1995 are summarized as follows:

                                               1996            1995

          Raw materials                     $  858,907      $  740,917
          Work-in-process                      988,714         897,528
          Finished goods                     4,846,412       4,343,876
                                            ----------      ----------

          Total inventories                 $6,694,033      $5,982,321
                                            ==========      ==========

      Property, Plant and Equipment - Property, plant and equipment are stated
      at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method based
      on the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

                                                           Estimated
              Asset Description                          Useful Lives

          Buildings and improvements                     10 - 35 years
          Machinery and equipment                         5 - 13 years

      Pension Plans - The Company has two non-contributory, defined benefit
      pension plans covering substantially all employees. Benefits under the
      plan covering non-union employees are based on average monthly
      compensation and years of service. Benefits under the plan covering union
      employees are based on years of service. The Company's policy is to make
      contributions to the plans sufficient to meet minimum funding
      requirements.

      The provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87 (SFAS
      No. 87), "Employers' Accounting for Pensions," require recognition in the
      balance sheet of an additional minimum liability and related intangible
      asset for pension plans with accumulated benefits in excess of plan
      assets. This resulted in the recognition at December 31, 1996 and 1995 of
      an additional liability of $110,613 and $527,017 respectively. SFAS No. 87
      provides that the intangible asset cannot exceed the amount of
      unrecognized prior service costs. At December 31, 1996 and 1995 an
      intangible asset of $59,390 and $296,052 was recognized, with the
      remaining balance of $51,223 and $230,965, respectively, recorded as a
      reduction of shareholders' equity.

      Income Taxes - The Company is treated as an S Corporation for income tax
      purposes. Accordingly, net income of the Company is generally included
      directly in the income tax returns of the Company's shareholders and is
      not taxable to the Company.

      Revenue Recognition - Revenue from wholesale product sales is recognized
      at the time products are shipped. Revenue from retail product sales
      through Company owned retail operations is recognized at the point of
      sale.


                                       80
<PAGE>

      Advertising Expense - The Company expenses advertising costs as they are
      incurred. Advertising expense was $365,000 and $364,000 for the years
      ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

      Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
      generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
      estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
      liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
      date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
      expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
      those estimates.

      Reclassifications - Certain 1995 financial statement amounts have been
      reclassified to conform with the 1996 presentation.

2.    LONG-TERM DEBT

      Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           December 31,
                                                                         1996        1995
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>       
Revolver note, prime (8.25% and 8.5% at December 31, 1996
  and 1995) interest payable monthly, principal due August 1997
  collateralized by substantially all of the Company's assets         $1,462,253  $1,244,130
Mortgage note, prime plus .25% interest (total of  8.50% and
   8.75% at December 31, 1996 and 1995), due in monthly
   installments through February 2000, collateralized by real estate     395,000     427,500
Bankers acceptance - effective interest rate of 7.25% and 7.5%,
  at December 31, 1996 and 1995, due and paid through
  additional borrowing on the revolver note March 1997,
  collateralized by substantially all of the Company's assets            500,000     500,000
Note payable - former shareholder, prime (8.25% and 8.5% at
  December 31, 1996 and 1995) interest, renewable every
  January 1 for an additional 12 months, unsecured                       213,869     213,869
Debentures - former shareholders, 10%, due in monthly
  installments, maturing at various dates through
  July 2002, unsecured                                                   943,476   1,054,408
Other                                                                     28,716       7,407
                                                                      ----------  ----------
      Total                                                            3,543,314   3,447,314
Less current portion                                                   2,135,315   1,886,458
                                                                      ----------  ----------
Long-term debt - less current portion                                 $1,407,999  $1,560,856
                                                                      ==========  ==========
</TABLE>


                                       81
<PAGE>

      Borrowings not to exceed $2,750,000 are available under the revolver note
      based on certain asset balances of the Company. Unused available
      borrowings at December 31, 1996 were approximately $405,000. The borrowing
      base and available borrowings may be changed by the lender at any time
      upon 30 days written notice to the Company.

      The $213,869 note payable to a former shareholder was renewed as of
      January 1, 1997. Accordingly, such note is classified as noncurrent at
      December 31, 1996.

      Certain of the loan agreements contain various restrictive covenants
      including net worth and working capital requirements, cash flow ratio,
      limitations on additional borrowings and officers' salaries, and limits
      annual distributions to shareholders to an amount necessary to provide for
      the annual income tax liabilities of the shareholders with respect to
      their share of the income of the Company. The Company was in violation of
      certain of the covenants during 1996. The Bank has waived compliance
      through March 31, 1997, after which time the Company expects to be in
      compliance. See also Note 5.

      Maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

         Year ending December 31:
          1997                                              $2,135,315
          1998                                                 395,777
          1999                                                 197,505
          2000                                                 487,499
          2001                                                 200,087
          Thereafter                                           127,131
                                                            ----------
         Total                                              $3,543,314
                                                            ==========

3.    PENSION PLANS

      A summary of the components of net periodic pension cost follows:

                                               Year Ended December 31,
                                                  1996         1995

          Service cost                         $ 135,590    $  80,498
          Interest                               144,279       94,746
          Actual return on plan assets           (45,938)     (90,671)
          Amortization and deferral              (12,643)      74,909
                                               ---------    ---------
          Net pension cost                     $ 221,288    $ 159,482
                                               =========    =========

      The following table sets forth the funded status and amounts recognized in
      the balance sheets at December 31, 1996 and 1995:


                                       82
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1996          1995
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>        
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
  Vested benefit obligation                              $ 1,656,830   $ 1,773,117
                                                         ===========   ===========
  Accumulated benefit obligation                         $ 1,741,296   $ 1,834,083
                                                         ===========   ===========
Plan assets at fair value                                $ 1,385,401   $ 1,391,161
Actuarial present value of projected benefit obligation    2,077,163     2,062,020
                                                         -----------   -----------
Projected benefit obligation greater than plan assets       (691,762)     (670,859)
Unrecognized net loss                                        244,513       295,267
Unrecognized transition liability, net of amortization       149,054       174,595
Unrecognized prior service cost                              102,760       121,457
Additional minimum liability                                (110,613)     (527,017)
                                                         -----------   -----------
     Total accrued pension liability                        (306,048)     (606,557)
Less current portion                                         195,435        79,540
                                                         -----------   -----------
Long-term portion - representing additional liability    $  (110,613)  $  (527,017)
                                                         ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

      Significant assumptions used in the accounting for the defined benefit
      plans were as follows:

                                                                 December 31,
                                                              1996          1995

          Discount rate                                       7%            7%
          Rate of increase in compensation levels             4%            4%
          Expected long-term rate of return on assets         8.25%         8%
                                                                    
      The plans' assets at December 31, 1996 and 1995 are invested in an annuity
      investment fund, certificates of deposit, insurance contracts, and
      interest bearing cash accounts.

4.    LEASE COMMITMENTS

      The Company leases retail space and certain machinery and equipment under
      operating leases that expire through 2001. Rent expense relating to
      operating leases was $358,000 and $223,000, respectively, for the years
      ended December 31, 1996 and 1995.


                                       83
<PAGE>

      The following is a summary of future minimum rental payments required
under non-cancelable operating leases:

          Year ending December 31:
           1997                                               $225,542
           1998                                                149,714
           1999                                                 66,564
           2000                                                 15,010
           2001                                                  1,452
                                                              --------
          Total                                               $458,282
                                                              ========

5.    SUBSEQUENT EVENT

      On March 20, 1997, the shareholders of the Company entered into an
      agreement, subject to certain conditions, to sell all shares of the
      Company held by them. Two of the conditions prior to closing the sale, are
      an amendment of the non-union pension plan to suspend the accrual of any
      additional future benefits to employees covered by the plan, and the
      refinancing of the Company's revolver note (see Note 2).

                                   * * * * * *


                                       84
<PAGE>

                                     PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

     Sections 721 through 725 of the New York Business  Corporation  Law provide
that New York corporations shall have the power, under specified  circumstances,
to indemnify their directors,  officers, employees and agents in connection with
actions,  suits or proceedings  brought  against them by a third party or in the
right of the  corporation  by  reason  of the fact  that  they  were or are such
directors,  officers,  employees or agents,  against  expenses  incurred in such
actions,  suits  or  proceedings.  Article  Seventh  of the  Company's  Restated
Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides for  indemnification  of directors  and
officers of the Company generally in accordance with New York law.

     Section 721 of the New York Business  Corporation Law permits a corporation
to  enter  into  agreements  with  its  directors  and  officers  providing  for
indemnification  for actions,  suits or  proceedings  brought  against them by a
third party or in the right of the corporation,  by reason of the fact that they
were or are such  directors  or  officers,  against  expenses  incurred  in such
actions, suits or proceedings,  provided,  however, that no such indemnification
may be  provided  if a  judgment  or other  final  adjudication  adverse  to the
director or officer  establishes  that his acts were  committed  in bad faith or
were the result of active and  deliberate  dishonesty  and were  material to the
cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally gained in fact a financial
profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled. Pursuant to such
authority,  the Company has entered into an  agreement  with each of its current
directors  indemnifying them to the maximum extent permitted by Section 721. The
agreement provides for the  indemnification of these individuals against any and
all  civil or  criminal  actions  or  proceedings  brought  as a result  of such
individual  being a director  or officer of the Company  and any  judgments  and
amounts paid in settlement costs and expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys
fees.  No  indemnification  may  be  made,  however,  if  a  judgment  or  final
adjudication establishes that the individual committed acts in bad faith or with
deliberate  dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so  adjudicated,
or that he personally gained financial profit or other advantage to which he was
not  legally  entitled.  Such  indemnification  shall be made  only by the Board
acting with a quorum  consisting  of directors who are not parties to the action
in question,  or by independent legal counsel, or by the stockholders and in all
cases only after a finding that the applicable standard of conduct has been met.

     Under Section 722(a), the corporation may indemnify any director or officer
in any  action  (other  than an action  by or in the  right of the  corporation)
brought against him by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate was
a  director  or  officer  of the  corporation,  or served  another  corporation,
partnership,  joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in
any capacity at the request of the corporation. Indemnification may be given for
judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses,  including
attorney's  fees,  if such  director  or  officer is shown to have acted in good
faith,  in furtherance of a purpose  believed to be in the best interests of the
corporation, and, in the case of a criminal action or proceeding, to have had no
reason to believe such conduct was unlawful.

     Section  722(c)  of the New York  Business  Corporation  Law  provides  for
permissive indemnification by the corporation of directors and officers, sued by
or in the  right  of the  corporation,  against  reasonable  expenses  including
attorney's  fees unless the  director or officer is found to have  breached  his
duty to the  corporation  under  Section 717 or Section  715(h) of the  Business
Corporation Law,  respectively.  Amounts paid under this section may not include
amounts  paid in  settlement  of a  threatened  or pending  action and  expenses
incurred in defense of a threatened  action or  settlement  of a pending  action
without court approval.

     Indemnification  may be by court order under  Section 724 or by approval of
the  corporation in the manner set forth in the statute.  Under Section  723(a),
success  on the  merits  or  otherwise  entitles  the  director  or  officer  to
indemnification  under  Section 722. If not wholly  successful,  indemnification
shall be made by the  corporation  only if a quorum of the board,  not including
parties to the action, finds that the standards of Section 722 have been met. If
a quorum  cannot be obtained,  approval may be by the board upon (i) the opinion
of independent  legal counsel or (ii) a determination by the  stockholders  that
the standards of conduct have been met by the director or officer.  Expenses may
be paid in advance if authorized by one of the methods  discussed  above.  Under
Section 724, if the corporation fails to provide  indemnification,  the director
or officer may apply to the court and may receive  indemnification to the extent
authorized  under Section 722.  Expenses may also be advanced if the court finds
the defendant  director or officer to have raised genuine issues of fact or law.
Expenses  advanced  must be repaid to the  corporation  if (i) the  director  or
officer  has  not  met  the   applicable   standard   which   entitles   him  to
indemnification  or (ii) if he has been paid in excess of the amount to which he
is  entitled.  Indemnification  may not be made if it is  inconsistent  with the
corporation's  certificate,  by-laws,  board  resolutions  or  agreements  or  a
condition imposed by the court in approving a settlement.

     The New York Business  Corporation  Law permits a  corporation  through its
certificate of incorporation  to  prospectively  eliminate or limit the personal
liability of its directors to the  corporation or its  stockholders  for damages
for  breach of  fiduciary  duty as a  director,  with  certain  exceptions.  The
exceptions  include acts or omissions in bad faith or which involve  intentional
misconduct or knowing violations of law, improper declaration of dividends,  and
transactions  from  which the  director  personally  gained in fact a  financial
profit or


                                       85
<PAGE>

other  advantage to which he was not legally  entitled.  The Company's  Restated
Certificate of Incorporation exonerates its directors from personal liability to
the extent permitted by this statutory provision.

     Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the 1933 Act may
be permitted to directors,  officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant
to the foregoing provisions,  the Company has been informed that, in the opinion
of the Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in
the 1933 Act and is therefore unenforceable.

ITEM 2. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The estimated expenses in connection with this offering are as follows:

Accounting fees and expenses............................................$20,000

Legal fees and expenses.................................................$20,000

Printing and Miscellaneous expenses.....................................$ 5,000
                                                                        -------

TOTAL...................................................................$45,000
                                                                        =======

ITEM 3.  RECENT FINANCINGS

Since December of 1996,  the Company has completed the following  financings for
working capital purposes:

     MARCH 1997 PRIVATE  PLACEMENT On March 31,  1997,  the Company  completed a
private placement of 1,075,000 units at a purchase price of $1.00 per unit. Each
unit consists of one share of Common Stock and a Non-Redeemable Class AA Warrant
which  entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Common Stock until March
31, 2002 at an exercise price of $.65 per share.

     JULY 1997 PRIVATE  PLACEMENT In July 1997, the Company  completed the first
$500,000  tranche of a  $1,500,000  offering of shares of  Convertible  Series A
Preferred Stock of BCA Services Inc., the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary. The
Company  expects to complete the second  $500,000  tranche by September 8, 1997.
Provided that certain conditions are satisfied,  a third tranche is available to
the Company,  at its option.  Each share of Convertible Series A Preferred Stock
is  convertible  into the  Company's  Common Stock at any time during a one year
period  following  the closing date at a conversion  price equal to the lower of
(i) 70% of the  average  closing  bid price of Common  Stock as  reported by the
NASDAQ  SmallCap  Market  over the three day  trading  period  ending on the day
preceding the conversion date, or (ii) $.9375 per share.


ITEM 4.  EXHIBITS.

3.1         Restated Certificate of Incorporation(1)
3.2         Restated and Amended By-Laws(1)
3.3         Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation(12)
3.4         Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of BCA Services, Inc.(16)
4.5         Underwriter's Unit Purchase Option(4)
4.6         Finder's Unit Purchase Option(4)
4.7         Warrant Agreement(4)
4.8         Form of Senior Secured Convertible Promissory Note(5)
4.9         Form of Class C Common Stock Purchase Warrant(5)
4.10        Form of Class D Common Stock Purchase Warrant(5)
4.11        Revised Form of Amendment No. 1 to Warrant Agreement(7)
4.12        Revised Form of Class E Common Stock Purchase Warrant(7)
5.13        Opinion of Rivkin, Radler & Kremer (14)
5.14        Opinion of Ruskin, Moscou, Evans & Faltischek P.C. (16)
10.15       Stock Redemption Agreement(1)
10.16       1989 Stock Option Plan(1)
10.17       Employment Agreement with Dr. Clifford M. Gross(1)


                                        2
<PAGE>

10.18       Employment Agreement with Arthur Fein (1)
10.19       Bridge Warrant(1)
10.20       Bridge Note and Related Loan Agreement(1)
10.21       Consulting Agreement with Lear Siegler Seating Corporation(1)
10.22       Extension Agreement to Redemption Agreement (Exhibit 10.1)
10.23       Consulting Agreement dated August 1, 1988 with NRC Resources Group,
            Inc.(1)
10.24       General Release of NRC Resources Group, Inc.(1)
10.25       Mortgage Note and Related Loan Agreement and Mortgage and Security
            Agreement(1)
10.26       Second Extension Agreement to Redemption Agreement(4)
10.27       Merger and Acquisition Agreement with D.H. Blair & Co., Inc.(4)
10.28       1989 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan(2)
10.29       Consulting Agreement with D.H. Blair & Co., Inc.(4)
10.30       Consulting Agreement with Steelcase, Inc.(2)
10.31       License and Manufacturing Agreement with MicroComputer Accessories,
            Inc.(4)
10.32       Employment Agreement with Cynthia Roth(4)
10.33       Employment Agreement with Kenneth Goodman(4)
10.34       Form of Employment Agreement with Ava Stern(4)
22.35       Form of Employment Agreement with William Sirois(4)
10.36       Lease Of Premises at 1800 Walt Whitman Road, Melville, New York(4)
10.37       Consulting Agreement dated as of February 1, 1990 with NRC Resources
            Group, Inc.(4)
10.38       Underwriting Agreement (for IPO) with D.H. Blair & Co., Inc.(4)
10.39       Securities Purchase Agreement dated June 25, 1991 among the Company,
            the Purchasers and D.H. Blair & Co., Inc.(5)
10.40       Security Agreement dated as of June 25, 1991 between the Company and
            D.H. Blair & Co., Inc., as Purchasers' Representative(5)
10.29       Employment Agreement dated as of June 20, 1991 between David A.
            Deutsch and the Company(5)
10.30       Letter of Understanding between Kenneth A. Goodman and the
            Company(5)
10.31       Employment Agreement dated as of August 1, 1991 between Joel Sher
            and the Company(5)
10.32       Amendment to 1989 Stock Option Plan(5)
10.33       Distributor Agreement with Techexport, Inc.(3)
10.34       Partnership Agreement dated December 28, 1992 for Ergonomics
            Solutions Group (ESG)(8)
10.35       License Agreement dated December 28, 1992, between the Company and
            ESG(8)
10.36       Development and Licensing Agreement dated March 5, 1993 between the
            Company and McCord Winn Textron, Inc.(8)
10.37       Agreement dated August 22, 1992 between the Company and PT
            Industries Pesawat Terbang Nusantra (IPTN)(8)
10.38       Further Amendments to 1989 Stock Option Plan(8)
10.39       Amendment to Development and Licensing Agreement dated October 27,
            1993 between the Company and McCord Winn Textron(9)
10.40       Investors Consulting Agreement with Strategic Growth International
            Inc.(9)
10.41       Agreement dated December 22, 1993 between the Company and PT
            Industries Pesawat Terbang Nusantra (IPTN)(9)
10.42       Agreement dated September 29, 1993 between the Company, McCord Winn
            Textron, Inc. and Lear Seating Company(9)
10.43       Development and Licensing Agreement dated January 4, 1994 between
            the Company and Reebok International Ltd.(9)
10.44       License Agreement dated September 28, 1994 between the Company and
            Lumex, Inc.(10)
10.45       Employment Agreement dated October 13, 1994 between Michael Strauss
            and the Company(10)
10.46       Letter Agreement dated February 15, 1996, between the Company and
            McCord Winn Textron, Inc. to extend the Development and License
            Agreement dated March 5, 1993(13)
10.47       Amendment to Employment Agreement between Michael Strauss and the
            Company(12)
10.48       1995 Stock Option Plan(12)
10.49       Amendment letter of agreement dated August 15, 1996 between the
            Company and McCord Winn Textron, Inc.(15)
10.50       Letter of agreement terminating the September 28, 1994, Development
            and License Agreement between the Company and Lumex, Inc.(15)
10.51       Letter of Agreement with Josephberg & Grosz to provide the Company
            investment banking services(15)
10.52       Stock Purchase Agreement between the Company and the owners of Drew
            Shoe Corporation(15)
10.53       Private Placement Memorandum dated January 15, 1997(16)


                                        3
<PAGE>

10.54       Registration Rights Agreement dated July 15, 1997(16)
10.55       Consulting agreement with Strategic Growth International dated
            October 4, 1996(16)
10.56       Consulting agreement with R.J. Falkner & Co.(16)
10.57       Consulting agreement with .Deltasite Communications Corp(16)
10.58       Consulting agreement with Imin Kao(16)
10.59       Letters of agreement with Charles Schuyler and Frank Shyjka dated
            July 23, 1997 extending the deadline for the closing of the Drew
            Shoe Acquisition as outlined in the Purchase Agreement dated March
            20, 1997 from March 28, 1997 to September 15, 1997(16)
21.00       Subsidiaries of the Company(11)
24.1        Consent of Rivkin, Radler & Kremer - included in Exhibit 5.1(14)
24.2        Consent of Ernst & Young LLP(14)
24.3        Consent of Ernst & Young LLP(16)
25.1        Power of Attorney executed by Robert P. Wong(14)
25.2        Power of Attorney executed by Julian H. Cherubini(14)
25.3        Power of Attorney executed by Lawrence N. Cohen(14)
25.4        Power of Attorney executed by Joel L. Gold(14)
25.5        Power of Attorney executed by Glenn F. Santmire(14)

- -------

(1)         Filed as an Exhibit to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
            S-18 (file no. 33-31282) and incorporated herein by reference
            thereto.
(2)         Filed as an Exhibit to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
            the fiscal year ended December 31, 1989 (file no. 0-18109) and
            incorporated herein by reference thereto.
(3)         Filed as part of Item 14 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
            10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991 (file no. 0-18109)
            and incorporated herein by reference thereto.
(4)         Filed as an Exhibit to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
            S-1 (file no. 33-38204) and incorporated herein by reference
            thereto.
(5)         Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 33-38204)
            and incorporated herein by reference thereto.
(6)         Filed as an Exhibit To Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 33-38204)
            and incorporated herein by reference thereto.
(7)         Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 33-38204)
            and incorporated herein by reference thereto.
(8)         Filed as an Exhibit to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for
            the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992 (file no. 0-18109) and
            incorporated herein by reference thereto.
(9)         Filed as an Exhibit to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for
            the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 (file no. 0-18109) and
            incorporated by reference thereto.
(10)        Filed as an Exhibit to Registrant's Form 10-QSB/A filed December 5,
            1994 amending the Form 10-QSB for the quarterly period ended
            September 30, 1994 (file no. 0-18109) and incorporated by reference
            thereto.
(11)        Filed as an Exhibit to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for
            the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 (file no. 0-18109) and
            incorporated by reference thereto.
(12)        Filed as an Exhibit to Registrant's Form 10-QSB for the quarterly
            period ended June 30, 1995 (file no. 0-18109) and incorporated by
            reference thereto.
(13)        Filed as an Exhibit to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for
            the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 (file no. 0-18109) and
            incorporated by reference thereto.
(14)        Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form SB-2
            to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no.
            33-38204) and incorporated herein by reference thereto.
(15)        Filed as an Exhibit to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for
            the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 (file no. 0-18109) and
            incorporated by reference thereto.
(16)        Filed herewith.


                                        4
<PAGE>

ITEM 5. UNDERTAKINGS.

      Undertakings Required by Regulation S-B, Item 512 (a):

            THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTRANT HEREBY UNDERTAKES:

                  (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are
being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

                        (i) to include any prospectus required by Section
                        10(a)(3) of the 1933 Act;

                        (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
                        which, individually or together represent a fundamental
                        change in the information set forth in the registration
                        statement; and

                        (iii) to include any additional or changed material
                        information on the plan of distribution.

                  (2) That, for determining liability under the 1933 Act, each
such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered, and the offering of such securities at that
time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering.

                  (3) To file a post-effective amendment to remove from
registration any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.

      Undertaking Required by Regulation S-B, Item 512 (e):

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the 1933 Act may
be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the small
business issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the small
business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the small business issuer of
expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
small business issuer in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the small business issuer will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act
and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 13 on Form SB-2 to Form S-1
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly  authorized in the County of Suffolk,  State of New York, on the 4th day of
September, 1997

                                        BCAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                        By: /s/ Michael Strauss
                                           --------------------------------
                                           Michael Strauss
                                           Chairman of the Board, President
                                           and Chief Executive Officer


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

          SIGNATURE                               TITLE               DATE
          ---------                               -----               ----

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER:


/s/ Michael Strauss      Michael Strauss       Chairman of     September 4, 1997
- -------------------------                      the Board, 
                                               President,   
                                               Chief Executive     
                                               Officer and 
                                               Director

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER:


/s/ Robert P. Wong       Robert P. Wong       Vice Chairman    September 4, 1997
- -------------------------                     of the Board,
                                              Chief Technology 
                                              Officer, Acting 
                                              Chief Financial 
                                              Officer, Acting 
                                              Secretary, and 
                                              Acting Treasurer

ADDITIONAL DIRECTORS:


\s\ Norman B. Wright     Norman B. Wright     Director, Vice   September 4, 1997
- -------------------------                     Chairman of     
                                              the Board, and 
                                              President and 
                                              CEO of the      
                                              HumanCAD(R) 
                                              division


\s\ Julian H. Cherubini  Julian H. Cherubini  Director         September 4, 1997
- -------------------------


\s\Joel L. Gold          Joel L. Gold         Director         September 4, 1997
- -------------------------


 \s\Sandra Meyer         Sandra Meyer         Director         September 4, 1997
- -------------------------


\s\Glenn F. Santmire     Glenn F. Santmire    Director         September 4, 1997
- -------------------------


                                        7
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit           Description                                           Page No.
- -------           -----------                                           --------

3.4               Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of BCA
                  Services, Inc.

5.14              Opinion of Ruskin, Moscou, Evans & Faltischek P.C.

10.53             Private Placement Memorandum dated January 15, 1997

10.54             Registration Rights Agreement dated July 15, 1997

10.55             Consulting agreement with Strategic Growth
                  International dated October 4, 1997

10.56             Consulting agreement with R.J. Falkner & Co

10.57             Consulting agreement with Deltasite Communications
                  Corp.

10.58             Consulting agreement with Imin Kao

10.59             Letters of agreement with Charles Schuyler and Frank
                  Shyjka dated July 23, 1997 extending the deadline
                  for the closing of the Drew Shoe Acquisition as
                  outlined in the Purchase Agreement dated March 20,
                  1997 from March 28, 1997 to September 15, 1997

24.3              Consent of Ernst & Young LLP


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                     OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
                               BCA SERVICES, INC.

               Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law

       The undersigned, being the President and Secretary of BCA Services, Inc.,
do hereby certify and set forth:

1.    The name of the corporation is BCA Services, Inc (the "Corporation"). The
      name of the Corporation when it was originally formed was "ErgoLAB, INC."

2.    The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed by the
      Department of State on December 3, 1993 and amended by a Certificate of
      Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Department of
      State on September 30, 1994 which changed the name of the Corporation to
      "ErgoRisk Services, Inc." and further amended by a Certificate of
      Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Department of
      State on October 25, 1995 changing the name of the Corporation to "BCA
      Services, Inc."

3.    The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to
      add a new class of authorized stock, "Series A Convertible Preferred
      Stock." The number of shares of common stock which are issued and
      outstanding is 1,000,000, par value $.01 per share. The number of such
      shares of common stock that shall remain issued and outstanding after the
      effective date of this amendment shall be the same number of shares of
      common stock issued and outstanding prior to the effectiveness of this
      amendment, with no change. The Certificate of Incorporation of the
      Corporation is hereby amended by deleting Article Fourth in its entirety
      and replacing it with a new Article Fourth, as follows:

      "FOURTH: (a) The aggregate number of shares of common stock which the
      Corporation shall have authority to issue is ten million (10,000,000),
      $0.01 par value per share.

      (b) Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, at any time and from time to time, to issue any class or classes of
stock or any series of any class of stock of the Corporation (common or
preferred) and to determine by resolution, before the issuance of the shares of
any class or series, the number of shares to be included in such class or
series, the designations and the powers, preferences and rights, and the terms,
conditions, qualifications or restrictions thereof.

      (c) There is hereby established a series of preferred stock entitled,
"Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" ("Series A Preferred Stock"). The
aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock which the Corporation
shall have authority to issue is two million (2,000,000), $0.01 par value per
share. The relative designations and powers, preferences and rights, and the
terms, conditions, qualifications and restrictions of the Series A Preferred
Stock are as follows:
<PAGE>

1) Designation and Amount. The shares of such series shall have a par value of
$0.01 per share and shall be designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
(the "Series A Preferred Stock") and the number of authorized shares
constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 2,000,000. The Series A
Preferred Stock shall be offered at a purchase price of Ten Thousand Dollars
($10,000) per share (the "Original Series A Issue Price"), with a six percent
(6%) per annum accretion rate as set forth herein.

2) Rank. The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank: (i) junior to any other class
or series of capital stock of the Company hereafter created specifically ranking
by its terms senior to the Series A Preferred Stock (collectively, the "Senior
Securities"); (ii) prior to all of the Company's common stock, $0.01 par value
per share ("Common Stock"); (iii) prior to any class or series of capital stock
of the Company hereafter created not specifically ranking by its terms senior to
or on parity with any Series A Preferred Stock of whatever subdivision
(collectively, with the Common Stock, "Junior Securities"); and (iv) on parity
with any class or series of capital stock of the Company hereafter created
specifically ranking by its terms on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock
("Parity Securities") in each case as to distributions of assets upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or
involuntary (all such distributions being referred to collectively as
"Distributions").

3) Dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock will bear no dividends, and the
holders of the Series A Preferred Stock ("Holders") shall not be entitled to
receive dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock.

4)    Liquidation Preference.

      (a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the Holders of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, immediately after any
distributions to Senior Securities required by the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation or any certificate of designation, and prior in preference to any
distribution to Junior Securities but in parity with any distribution to Parity
Securities, an amount per share equal to the sum of (i) the Original Series A
Issue price for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock and (ii) an
amount equal to six percent (6%) of the Original Series A Issue Price per annum
for the period that has passed since the date that, in connection with the
consummation of the purchase by Holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
from the Company, the escrow agent first had in its possession funds
representing frill payment for the shares of Series A Preferred Stock (such
amount being referred to herein as the "Premium"). If upon the occurrence of
such event, and after payment in frill of the preferential amounts with respect
to the Senior Securities, the assets and funds available to be distributed among
the Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Parity Securities shall be
insufficient to permit the payment to such Holders of the frill preferential
amounts due to the Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Parity
Securities, respectively, then the entire assets and funds of the Company
legally available for distribution shall be distributed among the Holders of the
Series A Preferred Stock and the Parity Securities, pro rata, based on the
respective liquidation amounts to which each such series of stock is entitled by
the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and any certificate(s) of designation
relating thereto.
<PAGE>

      (b) Upon the completion of the distribution required by subsection 4(a),
if assets remain in this Company, they shall be distributed to holders of Junior
Securities in accordance with the Company's Certificate of Incorporation
including any duly adopted certificate(s) of designation.

      (c) At each Holder's option, a sale, conveyance or disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company or the effectuation by the
Company of a transaction or series of related transactions in which more than
fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Company is disposed of shall be
deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up within the meaning of this
Section 4; provided further that an event described in the prior clause that the
Holder does not elect to treat as a liquidation and a consolidation, merger,
acquisition, or other business combination of the Company with or into any other
company or companies shall not be treated as a liquidation, dissolution or
winding up within the meaning of this Section 4, but instead shall be treated
pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof.

      (d) In the event that, immediately prior to the closing of a transaction
described in Section 4(c) which would constitute a liquidation event, the cash
distributions required by Section 4(a) or Section 6 have not been made, the
Company shall either: (i) cause such closing to be postponed until such cash
distributions have been made, or (ii) cancel such transaction, in which event
the rights of the Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be the same as
existing immediately prior to such proposed transaction.

5) Conversion. The record Holders of this Series A Preferred Stock shall have
conversion rights as follows (the "Conversion Rights"):

            (a) Right to Convert. Each record Holder of Series A Preferred Stock
shall be entitled (at the times and in the amounts set forth below) and subject
to the right of redemption set forth in Section 6(a), at the office of the
Company or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock (the "Transfer
Agent"), to convert (in multiples of one (1) share of Preferred Stock) as
follows: all remaining Series A Preferred Stock held by such Holder at any time
beginning anytime after Company's registration statement becomes effective at
the office of the Company or any Transfer Agent for the Series A Preferred
Stock, into that number of fully-paid and non-assessable shares of common stock
of BCAM International, Inc. ("BCAM Common Stock") calculated in accordance with
the following formula (the "Conversion Rate"):

Number of shares issued upon conversion of one (1) share of Series A Preferred
Stock

                 [(AR)(N/365)(10,000)+ 10,000]/Conversion Price

            where,

            o N= the number of days between (i) the date that, in connection
            with the
<PAGE>

            consummation of the initial purchase by Holder of shares of Series A
            Preferred Stock from the Company, the escrow agent first had in its
            possession funds representing frill payment for the shares of Series
            A Preferred Stock for which conversion is being elected, and (ii)
            the applicable Date of Conversion (as defined in Section 5(c)(iv)
            below) for the shares of Series A Preferred Stock for which
            conversion is being elected, and

            o AR= 6% if the registration is effective within 90 days of the date
            of the last closing of a purchase and sale of Series A Preferred
            Stock that occurs pursuant to the offering by the Company (the "Last
            Closing"), and 18% if the registration statement is not effective by
            the 90th day after the Last Closing.

            o Conversion Price = the lesser of (x) 100% of the average Closing
            Bid Price, as that term is defined below, for the three (3) trading
            days immediately preceding the Last Closing, or (y) 70% of the
            average Closing Bid Price, as that term is defined below, of BCAM's
            Common Stock for three (3) trading days immediately preceding the
            Date of Conversion, as defined below (the "Variable Conversion
            Price").

      For Purposes hereof, the term "Closing Bid Price" shall mean the closing
bid price on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market, or if no longer traded on the Nasdaq
Small Cap Market, the closing bid price on the principal national securities
exchange or the national market system on which BCAM's Common Stock is so traded
and if not available, the mean of the high and low prices on the principal
national securities exchange or the national market system on which BCAM's
Common Stock is so traded.

            (b) Conversion before Registration. Notwithstanding the limitations
on conversion set forth above, each record Holder of Series A Preferred Stock
shall be entitled to convert, the Preferred Stock (in multiples of one (1) share
of Preferred Stock) prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement at
the office of the Transfer Agent, into that number of fully-paid and
non-assessable shares of BCAM's Common Stock calculated in accordance with the
Conversion Rate set forth above.

            (c) Mechanics of Conversion. In order to convert Series A Preferred
Stock into full shares of BCAM's Common Stock, the Holder shall (i) fax, on or
prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time (the "Conversion Notice Deadline") on
the date of conversion, a copy of the fully executed notice of conversion
("Notice of Conversion") to the Company at the office of the Company or its
designated transfer agent (the "Transfer Agent") for the Series A Preferred
Stock stating that the Holder elects to convert, which notice shall specify the
date of conversion (together with a copy of the front page of each certificate
to be converted) and (ii) surrender to a common courier for delivery to the
office of the Company or the Transfer Agent, the original certificates
representing the Series A Preferred Stock being converted (the "Preferred Stock
Certificates"), duly endorsed for transfer; provided, however, that the Company
shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of BCAM
Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless either the Preferred Stock
Certificates are delivered to the Company or its
<PAGE>

Transfer Agent as provided above, or the Holder notifies the Company or its
Transfer Agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed
(subject to the requirements of subparagraph (i) below). Upon receipt by Company
of a facsimile copy of a Notice of Conversion, Company shall immediately send,
via facsimile, a confirmation of receipt of the Notice of Conversion to Holder
which shall specify that the Notice of Conversion has been received and the name
and telephone number of a contact person at the Company whom the Holder should
contact regarding information related to the Conversion. In the case of a
dispute as to the calculation of the Conversion Rate, the Company shall promptly
issue to the Holder the number of Shares that are not disputed and shall submit
the disputed calculations to its outside accountant via facsimile within three
(3) days of receipt of Holder's Notice of Conversion. The Company shall cause
the accountant to perform the calculations and notify Company and Holder of the
results no later than forty-eight (48) hours from the time it receives the
disputed calculations. Accountant's calculation shall be deemed conclusive
absent manifest error.

                  (i) Lost or Stolen Certificates. Upon receipt by the Company
of evidence of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Preferred Stock
Certificates representing shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and (in the case
of loss, theft or destruction) of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory
to the Company, and upon surrender and cancellation of the Preferred Stock
Certificate(s), if mutilated, the Company shall execute and deliver new
Preferred Stock Certificate(s) of like tenor and date. However, Company shall
not be obligated to re-issue such lost or stolen Preferred Stock Certificates if
Holder contemporaneously requests Company to convert such Series A Preferred
Stock into BCAM Common Stock.

                  (ii) Delivery of Common Stock Upon Conversion. The Transfer
Agent or the Company (as applicable) shall, no later than the close of business
on the third (3rd) business day (the "Deadline") after receipt by the Company or
the Transfer Agent of a facsimile copy of a Notice of Conversion and receipt by
Company or the Transfer Agent of all necessary documentation duly executed and
in proper form required for conversion, including the original Preferred Stock
Certificates to be converted (or after provision for security or indemnification
in the case of lost or destroyed certificates, if required), issue and surrender
to a common courier for either overnight or (if delivery is outside the United
States) two (2) day delivery to the Holder at the address of the Holder as shown
on the stock records of the Company a certificate for the number of shares of
BCAM Common Stock to which the Holder shall be entitled as aforesaid.

                  (iii) No Fractional Shares. If any conversion of the Series A
Preferred Stock would create a fractional share of BCAM Common Stock or a right
to acquire a fractional share of Common Stock, such fractional share shall be
disregarded and the number of shares of BCAM Common Stock issuable upon
conversion, in the aggregate, shall be the next lower number of shares.

                  (iv) Date of Conversion. The date on which conversion occurs
(the "Date of Conversion") shall be deemed to be the date set forth in such
Notice of Conversion, provided (i) that the advance copy of the Notice of
Conversion is faxed to the Company before 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the
Date of Conversion, and (ii) that the original Preferred
<PAGE>

Stock Certificates representing the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be
converted are surrendered by depositing such certificates with a common courier,
as provided above, and received by the Transfer Agent or the Company within five
(5) business days after the Date of Conversion. The person or persons entitled
to receive the shares of BCAM Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall
be treated for all purposes as the record Holder or Holders of such shares of
BCAM Common Stock on the Date of Conversion. If the original Preferred Stock
Certificates representing the Series A Preferred Stock to be converted are not
received by the Transfer Agent or the Company within five (5) business days
after the Date of Conversion or if the facsimile of the Notice of Conversion is
not received by the Company or its designated Transfer Agent prior to the
Conversion Notice Deadline, the Notice of Conversion, at the Company's option,
may be declared null and void.

            (d) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. BCAM shall at all
times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of
BCAM Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the
Series A Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of BCAM Common Stock as
shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then
outstanding Series A Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of
authorized but unissued shares of BCAM Common Stock shall not be sufficient to
effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred
Stock, the Company and BCAM will take such corporate action as may be necessary
to increase BCAM's authorized but unissued shares of BCAM Common Stock to such
number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

            (e) Automatic Conversion. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock
outstanding on the date which is one (1) year after the Last Closing Date
automatically shall be converted into BCAM Common Stock on such date at the
Conversion Rate then in effect (calculated in accordance with the formula in
Section 5(a) above), and the date which is one (1) year after the Last Closing
Date shall be deemed the Date of Conversion with respect to such conversion.

            (f) Adjustment to Conversion Rate.

                  (i) Adjustment to Fixed Conversion Price Due to Stock Split,
Stock Dividend, Etc. If, prior to the conversion of all of the Series A
Preferred Stock, the number of outstanding shares of BCAM Common Stock is
increased by a stock split, stock dividend, or other similar event, the Fixed
Conversion Price shall be proportionately reduced, or if the number of
outstanding shares of BCAM Common Stock is decreased by a combination or
reclassification of shares, or other similar event, the Fixed Conversion Price
shall be proportionately increased.

                  (ii) Adjustment to Variable Conversion Price. If, at any time
when any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, the
number of outstanding shares of BCAM Common Stock is increased or decreased by a
stock split, stock dividend, or other similar event, which event shall have
taken place during the reference period for determination of the Conversion
Price for any conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, then the Variable
Conversion Price shall be calculated giving appropriate effect to the stock
split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification or other similar event for
all five (5) trading days immediately preceding the Date of Conversion.
<PAGE>

                  (iii) Adjustment Due to Merger, Consolidation, Etc. If, prior
to the conversion of all Series A Preferred Stock, there shall be any merger,
consolidation, exchange of shares, recapitalization, reorganization, or other
similar event, as a result of which shares of BCAM's Common Stock shall be
changed into the same or a different number of shares of the same or another
class or classes of stock or securities of BCAM or another entity or there is a
sale of all of substantially all of BCAM or the Company's assets or there is a
change of control transaction not deemed to be a liquidation pursuant to section
4(c), then the Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall thereafter have the
right to receive upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, upon the basis and
upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of BCAM
Common Stock immediately theretofore issuable upon conversion, such stock,
securities and/or other assets which the Holder would have been entitled to
receive in such transaction had the Series A Preferred Stock been converted
immediately prior to such transaction, and in any such case appropriate
provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the Holders
of the Series A Preferred Stock to the end that the provisions hereof
(including, without limitation, provisions for the adjustment of the Conversion
Price and of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A
Preferred Stock) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be practicable
in relation to any securities thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof.
The Company or BCAM shall not effect any transaction described in this
subsection 5(f)(iii) unless (a) it first gives thirty (30) business days prior
notice of such merger, consolidation, exchange of shares, recapitalization,
reorganization, or other similar event (during which time the Holder shall be
entitled to convert its shares of Series A Preferred Stock into BCAM Common
Stock) and (b) the resulting successor or acquiring entity (if not the Company)
assumes by written instrument the obligations of the Company under this
Certificate of Designation including this subsection 5(f)(iii).

                  (iv) No Fractional Shares. If any adjustment under this
Section 5(f) would create a fractional share of BCAM Common Stock or a right to
acquire a fractional share of BCAM Common Stock, such fractional share shall be
disregarded and the number of shares of BCAM Common Stock issuable upon
conversion shall be the next lower number of shares.

            (g) 4.9% Stock Ownership Limitation: Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary set forth herein, Holder agrees that in no event shall Holder be
entitled to convert a portion of the principal in excess of that portion of the
principal of the convertible Preferred Stock upon conversion of which the sum of
(i) the number of shares of BCAM Common Stock beneficially owned by Holder and
Holder's affiliates (other than shares of common stock which may be deemed
beneficially owned through the ownership of the unconverted portion of the
principal of the convertible Preferred Stock or warrants and (ii) the number of
shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of the portion of the
principal of Preferred Stock or warrants with respect to which the determination
in this paragraph is being made, would result in beneficial ownership by Holder
of more than 4.9% of the outstanding shares of BCAM's Common Stock. For purposes
of the immediately preceding sentence, beneficial ownership shall be determined
in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and Regulation 13D-G thereunder, except as otherwise provided in the
parenthetical set forth in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence.
<PAGE>

6)    Investor's Right to Force Redemption.

      (a) Forced Redemption For Failure To Register BCAM Common Stock. If
Company and/or BCAM International, Inc. ("BCAM") fails to have a registration
statement become effective registering the BCAM Common Stock within 180 days
from the Last Closing, then Holder has the right to elect to force Company to
redeem for cash any shares of Series A Preferred Stock not yet converted.

      (b) Redemption Price Upon Forced Redemption. The redemption price per
share of Series A Preferred Stock under Section 6(a) shall be calculated in
accordance with the following formula ("Redemption Rate"):

[[(.18)(N/365)(10,000)]+l0,000] x Closing, Bid Price on Date of Conversion
/Conversion Price

where,

      "N", "Date of Conversion", "Closing Bid Price" and "Conversion Price"
shall have the same meanings as described in Section 5.

      (c) Mechanics of redemption. If Holder elects to redeem its Series A
Preferred Stock for cash pursuant to Section 6(a), Holder shall follow the same
procedures as detailed in Section 5(c); provided that, Holder indicates on the
Notice of Conversion its desire to redeem its Series A Preferred Stock for cash
in lieu of receiving BCAM Common Stock.

      (d) Payment of Redemption Price.

                  (i) Each Holder submitting Preferred Stock being redeemed
under this Section 6 shall send their Series A Preferred Stock Certificates so
redeemed to the Company or its Transfer Agent, and the Company or BCAM shall pay
via wire transfer the applicable redemption price to that Holder within five (5)
business days after Notice of Holder's election to redeem its Preferred Stock
for cash. The Company shall not be obligated to deliver the redemption price
unless the Preferred Stock Certificates so redeemed are delivered to the Company
or its Transfer Agent, or, in the event one (1) or more certificates have been
lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, unless the Holder has complied with
Section 5(c)(i).

7) Voting Rights. The Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no
voting power whatsoever, except as otherwise provided by the New York Business
Corporation Law ("New York Law"), and no Holder of Series A Preferred Stock
shall vote or otherwise participate in any proceeding in which actions shall be
taken by the Company or the shareholders thereof or be entitled to notification
as to any meeting of the shareholders.

      Notwithstanding the above, Company shall provide Holder with notification
of any meeting of the shareholders regarding any major corporate events
affecting the Company or BCAM. In the event of any taking by the Company of a
record of its shareholders for the purpose of determining shareholders who are
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, any right to
subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any share of any class or any
<PAGE>

other securities or property (including by way of merger, consolidation or
reorganization), or to receive any other right, or for the purpose of
determining shareholders who are entitled to vote in connection with any
proposed sale, lease or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company or BCAM, or any proposed liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Company or BCAM, the Company shall mail a notice to Holder, at least ten
(10) days prior to the record date specified therein, of the date on which any
such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, right
or other event to the extent known at such time.

      To the extent that under New York Law the vote of the Holders of the
Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, is required to authorize
a given action of the Company, the affirmative vote or consent of the Holders of
at least a majority of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock represented at
a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present or by written consent of a
majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock (except as otherwise may be
required under New York Law) shall constitute the approval of such action by the
class. To the extent that under New York Law the Holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on a matter with holders of Common Stock or
BCAM Common Stock, voting together as one (1) class, each share of Series A
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of
shares of BCAM Common Stock into which it is then convertible using the record
date for the taking of such vote of stockholders as the date as of which the
Conversion Price is calculated. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock also
shall be entitled to notice of all shareholder meetings or written consents with
respect to which they would be entitled to vote, which notice would be provided
pursuant to BCAM or the Company's by-laws and applicable statutes.

      8) Protective Provision. So long as shares of Series A Preferred Stock are
outstanding, the Company shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote
or written consent, as provided by New York Law) of the holders of at least
seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred
Stock, and at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding Holders:

            (a) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the
      Series A Preferred Stock or any Senior Securities so as to affect
      adversely the Series A Preferred Stock; provided, however, that no such
      change may be approved at any time on or prior to the effectiveness of the
      registration statement unless such change is unanimously approved by all
      Holders;

            (b) create any new class or series or stock having a preference over
      or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to
      Distributions (as defined in Section 2 above) or increase the size of the
      authorized number of Series A Preferred; or

            (c) do any act or thing not authorized or contemplated by this
      Designation which would result in taxation of the holders of shares of the
      Series A Preferred Stock under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of
      1986, as
<PAGE>

      amended (or any comparable provision of the Internal Revenue Code as
      hereafter from time to time amended).

      In the event Holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and at least seventy-five percent
(75%) of the then outstanding Holders agree to allow the Company to alter or
change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series A Preferred
Stock, pursuant to subsection (a) above, so as to affect the Series A Preferred
Stock that did not agree to such alteration or change (the "Dissenting Holders")
and Dissenting Holders shall have the right for a period of thirty (30) business
days to convert pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Designation as they
exist prior to such alteration or change.

      9) Status of Converted or Redeemed Stock. In the event any shares of
Series A Preferred Stock shall be converted or redeemed pursuant to Section 5 or
Section 6 hereof, the shares so converted or redeemed shall be canceled, shall
return to the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock of no designated
series, and shall not be issuable by the Company as Series A Preferred Stock.

      10) Preference Rights. Nothing contained h@ shall be construed to prevent
the Board of Directors of the Company from issuing one (1) or more series of
Preferred Stock with dividend and/or liquidation preferences junior to the
dividend and liquidation preferences of the Series A Preferred Stock."

4.    The above amendments to the Certificate of lncorporation were authorized
      by unanimous written consent of the board of directors followed by written
      consent of the sole shareholder of the Corporation.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate
      as of the 19th day of July, 1997.


                                                \s\ Robert P. Wong
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Robert P. Wong, President


                                                \s\ Karen J. Tantone
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Karen J. Tantone, Secretary




                     RUSKIN, MOSCOU, EVANS & FALTISCHEK P.C.
                              170 Old Country Road
                                Mineola, NY 11501

                                                September 4, 1997

BCAM International, Inc.
1800 Walt Whitman Road
Melville, New York 11747

Gentlemen:

      You have requested our opinion in connection with Post-Effective Amendment
No. 13 on Form SB-2 to Form S-1 to be filed by BCAM International, Inc. (the
"Company") with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the "Act"), regarding registration under
the Act of certain securities (the "Securities") for sale by the Company and by
certain Selling Shareholders named therein.

      As counsel for the Company, we have examined such records, documents and
questions of law as we have deemed appropriate for the purposes of this opinion
and, on the basis thereof, advise you that in our opinion all the Securities
which are currently outstanding are, and which are issuable upon the due and
proper exercise of Securities will be, legally issued and fully paid and
non-assessable.

      We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an Exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm in the Prospectus under
the caption "Legal Matters."

                                     Very truly yours,


                                     /s/ Ruskin, Moscou, Evans & Faltischek P.C.


                                January 15, 1997
                            BCAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                            (A New York Corporation)

                   CONFIDENTIAL PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM

           $1,100,000 (Maximum) - 1,100,000 Units at $1.00 per Unit
             $400,000 (Minimum) - 400,000 Units at $1.00 per Unit

      This is an Offering for up to 1,100,000 Units, each Unit consisting of one
share of the Company's Common Stock (the "Shares") and a non-redeemable Class AA
Warrant (the "Warrant") which entitles the holder to purchase one Share until
March 31, 1998 at a price of $1.10 per share. These Units will be offered in
minimum blocs of 100,000 Units at a price of $100,000 per Unit. The Company
reserves the right to sell fractional (1/2) Units.

      The Units (and the Shares and Warrants) offered hereby have not been
registered with or approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") in
reliance upon the exemptions from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933 as amended (the "Act") and as promulgated by the SEC
pursuant to the Act. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful. This
Memorandum does not constitute an offer or solicitation in any state or other
jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized. Each
purchaser of the securities offered hereby must acquire the securities for his
own account and must bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite
period. Although the Company's Common Stock is publicly traded on NASDAQ
(symbol: BCAM) and the Boston Stock Exchange (symbol: BAM), the Units (and the
Shares and the Warrants) offered hereby are not being registered with the
Securities and Exchange Commission and are not freely tradeable, and there is no
assurance that there will be a market for the resale of these securities when,
or if, they are registered. Subject to applicable regulations, the Company will
register the Common Stock and the Common Stock issuable on the exercise of the
Class AA Warrants on January 31, 1998, or as soon thereafter as practical.

================================================================================
                                  Price to     Sales Commission     Proceeds to
                                  Investor                            Issuer
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Unit                          $100,000            $0             $100,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Minimum (400,000 Units)     $400,000            $0             $400,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Maximum (1,100,000         $1,100,000           $0            $1,100,000
Units)
================================================================================

THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1933 WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
THE SECURITIES AND
<PAGE>

EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF ANY SECURITIES NOR DOES IT
PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SELLING
LITERATURE.

THIS MEMORANDUM HAS NOT BEEN REVIEWED BY THE ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK PRIOR TO ITS ISSUANCE AND USE. THE ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK HAS NOT PASSED ON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

THESE SECURITIES INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ONLY BY
PERSONS WHO CAN AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. THE SECTIONS OF THIS
MEMORANDUM ENTITLED "RECENT EVENTS" AND "SPECIAL RISK FACTORS" (AT PAGES 6
THROUGH 7 AND PAGES 7 THROUGH 9 ) SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED BY EACH
PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR.

THE UNITS ARE BEING OFFERED ON A "BEST EFFORTS" BASIS BY THE COMPANY FOR A
PERIOD UNTIL FEBRUARY 28, 1997, UNLESS EXTENDED.
<PAGE>

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

IN MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION INVESTORS MUST RELY ON THEIR OWN EXAMINATION OF
THE ISSUER AND THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, INCLUDING THE MERITS AND RISKS
INVOLVED. THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN RECOMMENDED BY ANY FEDERAL OR STATE
SECURITIES COMMISSION OR REGULATORY AUTHORITY. FURTHERMORE, THE FOREGOING
AUTHORITIES HAVE NOT CONFIRMED THE ACCURACY OR DETERMINED THE ADEQUACY OF THIS
DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND
MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED, AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO
REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE
REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD
OF TIME.

                              FOR FLORIDA RESIDENTS

       THE UNITS REFERRED TO HEREIN WILL BE SOLD TO, AND ACQUIRED BY, THE HOLDER
IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT UNDER ss.517.061 OF THE FLORIDA SECURITIES ACT. THE
UNITS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA. IN
ADDITION, ALL FLORIDA RESIDENTS SHALL HAVE THE PRIVILEGE OF VOIDING THE PURCHASE
WITHIN THREE (3) DAYS AFTER THE FIRST TENDER OF CONSIDERATION IS MADE BY SUCH
PURCHASER TO THE ISSUER, AN AGENT OF THE ISSUER, OR AN ESCROW AGENT OR WITHIN
THREE DAYS AFTER THE AVAILABILITY OF THAT PRIVILEGE IS COMMUNICATED TO SUCH
PURCHASER, WHICHEVER OCCURS LATER.

                             FOR NEW YORK RESIDENTS

THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM HAS NOT BEEN REVIEWED BY THE ATTORNEY GENERAL
PRIOR TO ITS ISSUANCE AND USE. THE ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK HAS
NOT PASSED ON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.


                                       i
<PAGE>

THIS PRIVATE OFFERING MEMORANDUM DOES NOT CONTAIN AN UNTRUE STATEMENT OF A
MATERIAL FACT OR OMIT TO STATE A MATERIAL FACT NECESSARY TO MAKE THE STATEMENTS
MADE IN LIGHT OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH THEY WERE MADE, NOT MISLEADING.
IT CONTAINS A FAIR SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL TERMS AND DOCUMENTS PURPORTED TO BE
SUMMARIZED HEREIN.

                           FOR PENNSYLVANIA RESIDENTS

UNDER PROVISIONS OF THE PENNSYLVANIA SECURITIES ACT OF 1972, EACH PENNSYLVANIA
RESIDENT SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO WITHDRAW HIS ACCEPTANCE WITHOUT INCURRING ANY
LIABILITY TO THE SELLER, UNDERWRITER (IF ANY) OR ANY PERSON, WITHIN TWO (2)
BUSINESS DAYS FROM THE DATE OF RECEIPT BY THE ISSUER OF HIS WRITTEN BINDING
CONTRACT OF PURCHASE OR IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION IN WHICH THERE IS NO
WRITTEN BINDING CONTRACT OF PURCHASE, WITHIN TWO BUSINESS DAYS AFTER HE MAKES
THE INITIAL PAYMENT FOR THE SECURITIES BEING OFFERED.


                                       ii
<PAGE>

                                     NOTICE

      The following documents previously filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") are hereby included in
this Private Placement Memorandum:

      1. The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December
31, 1995; and

      2. The Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended
September 30, 1996.

      All documents filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be deemed to
be incorporated by reference into this Private Placement Memorandum. Any
statements contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by
reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of
this Private Placement Memorandum to the extent that a statement contained
herein or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to
be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any
such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so
modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Registration Statement.

      The Company undertakes to provide without charge to each person to whom a
Prospectus is delivered, upon oral or written request of such person, a copy of
any document that has been incorporated in this Prospectus by reference.
Requests for such documents should be directed to 


                                       1
<PAGE>

the Company at its offices located at 1800 Walt Whitman Road, Melville, New York
11747 (telephone number (516) 752-3550), Attention: Secretary


                                       2
<PAGE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               SUMMARY OF OFFERING

    Offering/Per Unit..............  One share of  Common  Stock and one
                                     Class AA Warrant (the "Warrant")
                                   
    Amount.........................  Up  to  1,000,000  Units;   minimum
                                     offering of 400,000 Units
                                   
    Use of Proceeds................  See page 9 for details
                                   
    Class AA Warrants..............  Each Class AA Warrant  entitles the
                                     holder  to  purchase  one  share of
                                     BCAM  Common  Stock  at  $1.10  per
                                      share
                                   
    Term...........................  Exercisable to March 31, 1998
                                   
    Anti-Dilution, No Call.........  Standard  formula for stock splits,
                                     stock  dividends  or  issuances  or
                                     sale   of   Common    Stock   below
                                     conversion  price or market  price.
                                     The  Company   cannot   compel  the
                                     redemption of the Warrants
                                   
    Registration of Common Stock...  Subject to applicable regulations, the
                                     Company will register the Common Stock and
                                     the Common Stock issuable on the exercise
                                     of the Class AA Warrants by January 31,
                                     1998 or as soon thereafter as practical.
                                     
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                     SUMMARY

      The following summary information is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the more detailed information, financial statements and notes
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                   THE COMPANY

      BCAM International, Inc. (the "Company") a New York based corporation, is
a software technology company, specializing in providing ergonomic solutions
(Human Factors Engineering) for major corporations and Government Agencies
including NASA. The Company completed its restructuring, in early 1996, by
focusing on (a) accelerating the development and commercialization of the
Company's Intelligent Surface Technology ("IST"), (b) continuing its development
of proprietary software, which consists of the intelligent part of IST,
Mannequin(R), the EARLY(R) process and Back-to-Work(TM) Technology, (c) building
its ergonomic consulting services business, which consists of Ergonomic Product
Assessment and Redesign, and Ergonomic Workplace Assessment, and (d) emphasizing
a strategy of broadening and strengthening business relationships such as joint
ventures, partnerships, licenses and other alliances. In addition, the Company
established a collaborative research and development relationship with the State
University of New York at Stony Brook, with plans to establish additional
relationships with other universities, government laboratories, and other
subcontractors.


                                       4
<PAGE>

      The Company continues to believe that its ergonomic consulting services
was and still is the engine that drives new product ideas and with it, the
potential of royalty income, as well as new product and service offerings.

      During the course of the Company's performance of ergonomic product and
workplace assessment services, the Company from time to time develops certain
know-how based upon data from its consulting services which it is able to embody
into proprietary technologies. When this occurs, and it is believed that the
technology is a significant enhancement from the existing technology, the
Company files for patent protection under the laws of the United States and, if
warranted, internationally.

      On November 25, 1996, the Company signed a letter of intent to acquire
Drew Shoe Corporation. (See "Recent Events" at pages 6 and 7 ).


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                  RECENT EVENTS

            On November 25, 1996, the Company entered into a letter of intent
for the purchase of Drew Shoe Corporation ("Drew") (either as a stock purchase
or an asset purchase, to be determined) of Lancaster, Ohio, a privately held
company founded in 1875 that has become a leading designer, manufacturer,
marketer and distributor of premium priced men's (20%) and women's (80%) high
quality, classically designed Medical Shoes and Orthotic products, with
significant brand name recognition. Drew has a solid distribution network,
supplying to independent retailers throughout the country and directly to
customers through its 15 owned specialty retail outlet stores throughout the
United States. Drew's headquarters, located on 11 acres of land occupies 108,000
square feet, of which 65,000 is utilized for manufacturing with the remainder
for warehouse and administrative offices. All facilities are company owned. Drew
specializes in medical footwear for those suffering from the types of problems
requiring pedorthic/prescription products such as: (a) persons with congenital
defects or injuries that produce foot deformities such that standard sizes do
not fit properly, (b) those suffering from the effects of spending large amounts
of time standing, especially on hard surfaces, (c) those suffering from the
effects of having worn ill fitting shoes, and (d) those suffering from diseases
that affect the foot, especially arthritis and diabetes. Most foot problems are
exacerbated by age-with the over 50 segment of the population being particularly
susceptible. Thus, the continued aging of the U.S. population should serve well
to expand Drew's target market.

      The United States market for Medical Shoes and related products has been
estimated by the Pedorthic Footwear Association (PFA) as 73% of the U.S.
population (190 million people) 


                                       6
<PAGE>

who spend a total of $28 Billion per year on these products. The target market
for Drew for persons requiring pedorthic/prescription footwear is estimated by
the PFA to be between 2% and 5% of the population or $2 Billion to $4 Billion
per year.

      The Company believes that Drew's expanding market, long-standing
reputation in the marketplace and it's strategic operating position, makes it an
excellent acquisition that will position the Company to fully exploit the growth
in the Medical footwear market and commercialize its Intelligent Surface
Technology for footwear applications. Drew will be positioned as the "leading
edge" in new generation of Medical footwear for persons.

      In addition to this offering (see Use of Proceeds on page 10 ), the
Company expects to raise approximately $7,500,000 in new investment funds to
finance the acquisition of Drew and for other purposes including: provision of
the capital requirements for the further development and commercialization of
the Company's Intelligent Surface Technology and proprietary software; funding
for the configuration of the Company's Intelligent Surface Technology in Drew's
medical shoes; and funding other capital and working capital requirements for
the first and second year following the Drew acquisition. The Company has
retained the investment banking firm of Josephberg Grosz & Company to "manage"
the Drew-related financing.

                              SPECIAL RISK FACTORS

      The risks to the investor presented by the Drew transaction include:

            A. No Assurances That The Drew Acquisition Will Occur. If this
acquisition is not consummated, the Company's losses will be higher since all
the expenditures incurred for 


                                       7
<PAGE>

legal, accounting and due diligence in connection with the Drew acquisition,
cannot be capitalized and will have to be expensed. Also, by not closing the
Drew acquisition, the Drew-related financing, which is intended to fund further
development of the Company's Intelligent Surface Technology and proprietary
software, as well as the Drew acquisition, will not be raised. The Company would
then seek additional capital, which is expected to be dilutive to the Company's
existing stockholders, including the purchasers of this private placement, and
there can be no assurances that such capital can be raised.

            B. Dilutive Effects Of The Drew-Related Financing. The Company has
not been advised of the actual terms by which investors would be willing to
invest approximately $7.5 million in the Company in order to permit it to
consummate the Drew acquisition. The terms of such a financing are, however,
expected to include provisions that provide such investors with a preference on
the Company's assets and in the payment of dividends, which provide investors
with certain levels of control over the Company's actions, and which may be at a
price which is more favorable than the price of the Units being sold pursuant to
this offering.

            C. Ongoing Operation of Drew. While Drew has historically been
profitable, there can be no assurance that its business will continue to be
profitable following its acquisition by the Company. One of Drew's two partners
will be retiring from the Drew business and, while the Company believes that the
remaining partner, who will have a three-year employment contract with the
Company, is capable of operating the Drew business, it is possible that this
will not be the case. Drew will replace the function of the retiring partner
through the hire of a Vice President of Operations and a Director of Information
Systems. Additionally, the continued profitability of the 


                                       8
<PAGE>

Drew business is subject to numerous uncertainties, some of which the Company
may not be aware of on the date hereof.

      D. Diversion of Company Executive's Attention. The Drew acquisition (and
the negotiations leading up to the Drew acquisition) are expected to consume an
enormous amount of Michael Strauss' time, which will detract from his ability to
focus on BCAM's "core business" for a period of time. The diversion of his
full-time effort on BCAM's "core business" could adversely affect the future
growth and development of this business.


                                       9
<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

      The proceeds from the sale of the Shares and any proceeds from the
exercise of the nonredeemable Class AA Warrants will be used by the Company for
general working capital purposes including further investment in technology
development.

      This represents the Company's best estimate of its use of the net
proceeds, based upon the current state of its business operations, its current
plans and current economic and industry conditions. Further events, not
currently predictable, may require reallocation of the funds.

                                                        In 000's
                                                        --------
            Mannequin(R) Software Marketing Launch      $  500

            Back-To-Work(TM)                               200

            Development of Prototype of "Microvalve"       200

            Partial Development of Intelligent Surface
            Technology                                     100
                                                        ------

                                                        $1,000
                                                        ======


                                       10
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company at
September 30, 1996.

                                               December 1, 1996     As Adjusted
                                               ----------------     -----------
Acquisition Preferred Stock, par                 $         --      $         --
value $.01 per share, authorized
750,000 shares, no shares issued or
outstanding

Common Stockholders' Equity:

Common Stock, $.01 par value,
40,000,000 shares authorized;
15,640,415 shares issued and
14,877,233 outstanding: 16,640,415
shares issued and 15,877,233
outstanding, as adjusted (1)                          156,404           166,404

Paid-in surplus                                    14,984,139        15.974,139

Deficit                                           (12,858,851)      (12,858,851)
                                                 ------------      ------------

                                                    2,281,692         3,281,692
Less:

Treasury Shares (763,182 shares)                     (899,100)         (899,100)
                                                 ------------      ------------
Common Stockholders Equity                       $  1,382,592      $  2,382,592
                                                 ============      ============

 (1) assumes the sale of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock at $1.00 per share.
     Does not include the exercise of the nonredeemable Class AA Warrants


                                       11
<PAGE>

                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

Common Stock

      In June 1995, the Company authorized an increase in its authorized Common
Stock from 20,000,000 shares, $.01 par value per share, to 40,000,000 shares,
$.01 par value per share. The holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock are
entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available therefor at such
time and in such amounts as the Board of Directors may from time to time
determine. See "Dividend Policy." Each stockholder is entitled to one vote per
share of Common Stock held by him. Under the Company's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation the Common Stock is not subject to redemption. Upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company and following provision for the
liquidation preference of all outstanding preferred stock, the assets legally
available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock are distributable
ratably among the holders of the outstanding Common Stock. All outstanding
shares of Common Stock are, and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of the Warrants will upon issuance, be fully paid and non-assessable.

Warrants 

Class B, and Class E Warrants; Class AA Warrants

      On December 20, 1996, the Company extended the expiration date of the
Company's Class B Warrants, and Class E Warrants from January 17, 1997 to
January 17, 1998, and amended the exercise price of the Class B Warrants as set
forth in the table below.

      Each Class AA Warrant, which is being sold as part of the Units offered
hereby, will entitle the holder to purchase, at the "Warrant Exercise Price" of
$1.10 per share, one share of the 


                                       12
<PAGE>

Company's Common Stock at any time prior to March 31, 1998. The Class AA
Warrants are not redeemable, and are not transferable.

      The exercise price of the Class B and E Warrants, as well as the Class AA
Warrants, and the number and kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities
and property to be obtained upon the exercise of those Warrants are subject to
adjustment in certain circumstances, including a stock split of, or stock
dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or recapitalization of, the Common
Stock or sale of Common Stock at less than the market price of the Common Stock,
provided that no adjustment shall be made unless and until the adjustment, or
the aggregate of successive adjustments, would exceed $.25 per share.
Additionally, an adjustment would be made upon the sale of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Company so as to enable those Warrant holders to
purchase the kind and number of shares of stock or other securities or property
(including cash) receivable in such event by a holder of the number of shares of
Common Stock that might otherwise have been purchased upon exercise of such
Warrant. No adjustment for previously paid cash dividends, if any, will be made
upon exercise of those Warrants.

                                                    Number of Shares
                      Number of    Exercise Price    Obtained Upon
                      Warrants     (per share, as   Exercise of Each
Warrants and Period  Outstanding     adjusted)         Warrant        Redeemable

Class B                807,659          $1.50             1.2          Yes (1)

Class E                491,588          $1.25             1.1          Yes (1)

Class AA              1,000,000         $1.10             1.0            No
                   

                                       13
<PAGE>

- ----------

(1)   The Class B and Class E Warrants are subject to redemption by the Company
      at any time, on not less than 30 days' prior written notice, at $.05 per
      Warrant, if (i) the average Exercise Price of the Common Stock exceeds the
      applicable average closing bid price for any period of 30 consecutive
      business days ending within 15 days prior to the date o the notice of
      redemption; and (ii) the Company has in effect a current prospectus
      covering the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Class B and Class
      E Warrants.

      The Warrants do not confer upon the holder any voting or any other rights
of a stockholder of the Company. Upon notice to the Warrant holders, the Company
has the right to reduce the exercise price or extend the expiration date of the
Warrants.

      The Warrants may be exercised upon  surrender of the Warrant  certificate
on or prior to the respective  expiration date (or earlier  redemption date) of
such Warrants at the offices of the Warrant  Agent,  with the form of "Election
to  Purchase"  on the reverse side of the Warrant  certificate  duly  completed
and executed  accompanied  by payment of the full exercise  price (by certified
check  payable to the order of the  Warrant  Agent) for the number of  Warrants
being exercised.

Acquisition Preferred Stock

      The Company is authorized to issue 750,000 shares of its Acquisition
Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, none of which are presently issued and
outstanding. The Acquisition Preferred Stock is only permitted to be issued as
consideration pursuant to (i) a statutory merger or consolidation as to which
the Company is the surviving entity, (ii) the acquisition by the Company of
substantially all the assets or business of another entity, or (iii) the
acquisition by the Company of 50% or more of the voting securities of another
entity. 


                                       14
<PAGE>

8% Preferred Stock

      The Company is authorized to issue 15,000 shares of its 8% Preferred
Stock, $10.00 par value, none of which are issued and outstanding, Holders of 8%
Preferred Stock do not have any voting rights.

Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

      North American Transfer Co., Freeport, New York, is the Company's transfer
agent.

                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      Upon issuance and registration of all shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of the foregoing options and warrants, the Company will have 19,152,171
shares of Common Stock outstanding, all of which are freely tradeable, not
including the Shares sold pursuant to this Offering.

      With respect to an aggregate of 2,765,000 of Common Stock that could be
issued upon the exercise of options granted to employees and certain
consultants, such stock is also expected to be freely tradeable upon the
exercise of the options. There can, however, be no assurance that such options
will be exercised on the dates on which such exercises and sales will occur.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

      The Shares are being offered by the Company on a "best efforts" basis in a
"private" offering to a select number of accredited investors. No broker,
underwriter or placement agent is being utilized or compensated for the sale of
the Units.


                                       15
<PAGE>

LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Ruskin, Moscou, Evans & Faltischek, P.C., Mineola, New York.


                                       16

<PAGE>

                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

BCAM International, Inc.
1800 Walt Whitman Road
Melville, New York  11747

Gentlemen:

(1)   Subscription

      The undersigned hereby subscribes to purchase __________ Units at $1.00
      per Unit, each Unit consisting of one share of Common Stock of BCAM
      International, Inc. (the "Company") and a Class AA Warrant to purchase one
      Share of Common Stock at $1.10 per share at any time prior to March 31,
      1998, and herewith tenders payment for the subscribed number of shares. In
      connection with this subscription, I hereby execute this Investment Letter
      and agree that my subscription may be rejected by the Company either in
      whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever, and I understand that if my
      subscription is rejected, all of my funds will be returned to me, without
      interest.

      I hereby acknowledge that I have received, read, understand, and am
      familiar with the "Confidential Private Placement Memorandum" dated
      January 15, 1997, including all attachments and exhibits thereto
      ("Memorandum"). I further acknowledge that, except as set forth in the
      Memorandum, no representations or warranties have been made to me, or to
      my advisors, by the Company, or by any person acting on behalf of the
      Company with respect to the sale of the Units and/or the economic, tax or
      any other aspects or consequences of a purchase of the Units and/or the
      investment made therein, and that I have not relied upon any information
      concerning the Offering, written or oral, other than that contained in the
      Memorandum.

      I hereby acknowledge that I have had an opportunity to ask questions of,
      and receive answers from persons acting on behalf of the Company to verify
      the accuracy and completeness of the information set forth in the
      Memorandum and I hereby acknowledge that I have not requested the Company
      to provide any additional information with respect to the Company or the
      Offering prior to the actual sale of the shares to me.

(2)   Representations and Warranties

      I warrant and represent to the Company:


                                       1
<PAGE>

      (a)   The Units are being issued to me by the Company for investment only,
            for my own account, and are not being purchased by me with a view to
            distribution of said Units, or for the offer and/or sale in
            connection with any distribution thereof. The undersigned is not
            participating, directly or indirectly, in an underwriting of the
            Units (or Common Stock) or in any similar undertaking. I have no
            present plans to enter into any contract, undertaking, agreement or
            arrangement which would entail an underwriting of such shares or any
            similar distribution thereof.

      (b)   By reason of my knowledge and experience in financial and business
            matters in general, and investments of this type in particular, I am
            capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment by me in
            the units and I am capable of bearing the economic risks associated
            with this investment in the Units.

      (c)   I understand that there is no guarantee of profits or against loss
            as a result of purchasing the Units and I hereby state that I can
            afford a complete loss of my investment in such Units. I further
            warrant that my present financial condition is such that I have no
            present or perceived future need to dispose of any portion of the
            Units to satisfy any existing or contemplated undertaking,
            obligation, need or indebtedness. Consequently, I represent that I
            have sufficient liquid assets to pay the full purchase price for the
            Units, have adequate means for providing for my current needs and
            possible personal contingencies and have no need to liquidate any of
            my investment in the Company.

      (d)   I am an "accredited investor" as that term is defined in Rule 501 of
            Regulation D promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission,
            in that (i) my individual net worth or joint net worth taking my
            spouse into consideration, at the time of my purchase of the Units
            herein, exceeds One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); or (ii) my
            individual income in each of the last two years exceeded Two Hundred
            Thousand Dollars ($200,000) ($300,000 joint income taking my spouse
            into consideration) and I have a reasonable expectation of reaching
            the same income level in this current year.

      (e)   I have been represented by such legal counsel and other advisors,
            each of whom has been personally selected by me, as I have found
            necessary to consult concerning the purchase of Units, and such
            representation has included an examination of applicable documents
            and an analysis of all tax, financial, recording and securities law
            aspects of an investment in the Units. I, my counsel, my advisors,
            and such other persons with whom I have found it necessary and
            advisable to consult, have represented to me that they have
            sufficient knowledge or experience in business and financial matters
            to evaluate the information set forth in the Memorandum, the risks
            associated with this investment, and to make an informed investment
            decision with respect hereto. To the extent that I have found 


                                       2
<PAGE>

            it necessary to consult with any such counsel and/or advisors
            concerning the purchase of the Units. I have relied upon their
            advice and counsel in making such investment decision.

      (f)   I am a resident of the state set forth below my name on the
            signature page of this investment letter.

(3)   "Lock-up" and Securities Law Restrictions on Transfers

      I understand that the Common Stock is required to be registered under the
      Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act") in accordance with the
      "registration rights" provisions of Annex A hereto.

      I agree that any certificates evidencing the Units (and Common Stock and
      the Class AA Warrants) received by me by virtue of this subscription shall
      be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a conspicuous legend to give notice
      of the securities law transfer restrictions set forth herein and I
      acknowledge that the Company may cause stop transfer orders to be placed
      on my account. The legend shall be in substantially the following form:

      NO SALE, OFFER TO SELL, OR TRANSFER OF ANY SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS
      CERTIFICATE SHALL BE MADE IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
      STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND IN COMPLIANCE
      WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
      SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE
      REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT AND IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE
      STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(4)   Notices

      Any Notices or other communications required or permitted herein shall be
      sufficiently given if sent by registered or certified mail, postage
      prepaid, return receipt requested, and if to the Company, to the address
      set forth above, and if to me to the address set forth below my signature
      hereto, or to such other addresses as the company or I shall designate to
      the other by notice in writing.

(5)   Applicable Law

      Except when an interpretation of Federal and/or state securities laws is
      necessary or such law governs, this agreement shall be governed by and
      construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.


                                       3
<PAGE>

(6)   Certification With Respect to Federal Interest Payments; Back-up
      Withholding

      Under penalties of perjury, the undersigned hereby certifies to the
      Company as follows:

      (a)   The number shown below is my Social Security Number (or if
            applicable, the undersigned's Tax Identification Number) and such
            number is my correct taxpayer identification number; and

      (b)   I am not subject to back-up withholding either because I have not
            been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that I am subject to
            back-up withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest
            or dividends, or the Internal Revenue Service has notified me that I
            am no longer subject to back-up withholding.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this
Agreement this ________ day of _______________, 1997.

Subscription:__________________ Units
at $1.00 per Unit


____________________________                 ________________________________
Signature of Subscriber                           Typed or Printed Name


____________________________                _________________________________
Social Security or Tax ID # of Subscriber        Address (Residence)


                                            _________________________________
                                             City/Town   State            Zip


                                            _________________________________
                                                 Telephone


      ACCEPTED:                                BCAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.


      DATED:_____________________              By:_________________________
                                                      Authorized Officer


                                       4
<PAGE>

                            BCAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                CONFIDENTIAL PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER QUESTIONNAIRE

      THIS QUESTIONNAIRE IS TO BE COMPLETED BY EACH PERSON WHO DESIRES TO
PURCHASE UNITS OF BCAM INTERNATIONAL, INC. (THE "COMPANY").

                                  INSTRUCTIONS

      If, the answer to any questions is "None" or "Not Applicable," please so
state.

      Your answers will be kept confidential at all times, however, you hereby
agree that the Company or the Placement Agent may present this Questionnaire to
such parties as they deem appropriate in order to assure themselves that the
offer and sale of Common Stock to you will not result in violations of federal
or state securities laws which are being relied upon by the Company or the
Placement Agent in connection with the offer and sale thereof.

INSTRUCTIONS: Please type clearly or print your answer, and state "none" or "not
applicable" when appropriate. Please complete Section A and each other Section
you are requested to complete in Question A3. If there is insufficient space for
any of your answers, please attach additional pages. If the Common Stock is to
be owned by more than one individual or by a corporation or partnership, you may
need extra copies of this Questionnaire.


                                       1
<PAGE>

SECTION A:  SUBSCRIBER INFORMATION

      A1.   Name(s) of Subscriber(s):           _________________

                                                _________________

                                                _________________

      A2.   Manner of Ownership of Common
            Stock
            (For IRA's or Keogh Plans - see
            Section F)

      __    One Individual ........             Please complete Section A, B, C
                                                and, if applicable, D, E and F.

      __    Husband and Wife.......             Please have one spouse complete
            Tenants by the Entirety             Sections A, B and C and, if    
                                                applicable, D, E and F. Please 
                                                have both spouses complete     
                                                Section C. Tenants in Common   
                                                Please have each individual    
                                                separately complete Sections A,
                                                B, and C and, if applicable, D,
                                                E and F.                       
                                                
      __    Joint Tenants with                  Please have each individual 
            Right of Survivorship               separately complete Sections 
            Two or More Individuals             A, B, and C and, if 
            (but not husband and wife)          applicable, D, E and F.

      __    Corporate Ownership.....            Please complete Section A, B, D
                                                and, if applicable, E and F for
                                                the corporation. Please have
                                                each person who owns an equity
                                                interest in the corporation
                                                separately complete Sections B
                                                and, if applicable, C, D, E and
                                                F.

      __    Partnership Ownership....           Please complete Sections A, B
                                                and D, and have each general
                                                partner and limited partner
                                                separately complete Sections B,
                                                C, D, E and F, if applicable.


                                       2
<PAGE>


      __    Trust Ownership ........      Please  complete  Sections  A,  B and
                                          F,  if  applicable,   and  have  each
                                          beneficiary   and   trustee   of  the
                                          trust  separately  complete  Sections
                                          B, C, D, E and F, if applicable.

SECTION B:  ACCREDITED INVESTOR STATUS

B1.   Please check whether one or more of the following definitions of
      "accredited investor," if any, applies to you.

__          (a)   A Bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of
                  1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), or any savings and loan
                  association or other institution as defined in Section
                  3(a)(5)(A) of the 1933 Act whether acting in its individual or
                  fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant
                  to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
                  amended (the "Exchange Act"); an insurance company as defined
                  in Section 2(13) of the 1933 Act; an investment company
                  registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a
                  business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of
                  that act; a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the
                  U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d)
                  of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan
                  established and maintained by a state, or its political
                  subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or
                  its political subdivisions for the benefit of its employees,
                  if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any
                  employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee
                  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment
                  decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section
                  3(21) of such act, which is either a bank, savings and loan
                  association, insurance company, or registered investment
                  advisor, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in
                  excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with
                  investment decisions made solely by persons that are
                  Accredited Investors.

__          (b)   A Private Business Development Company as defined in Section
                  202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

__          (c)   A business corporation or an organization described in Section
                  501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code a Massachusetts or
                  similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the
                  specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with
                  total assets in excess of
                  $5,000,000.

__          (d)   A natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net
                  worth with that person's spouse, at the time of purchase
                  exceeds $1,000,000.


                                       3
<PAGE>

__          (e)   A natural person who had an individual income in excess of
                  $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income
                  with that person's spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of
                  those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the
                  same income level in the current year.

__          (f)   Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not
                  formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Common Stock,
                  whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as
                  described in Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) of Regulation D.

__          (g)   Any entity in which all of the equity  owners are  Accredited
                  Investors.

SECTION C:  INDIVIDUAL INFORMATION

C1.   General Information

      Name: ________________________________________________

      Date of Birth:__________  Social Security Number:____________

      Martial Status: ______  Spouse's Name:_______________________

If the Units are to be owned by two or more individuals (not husband and wife),
are you related to any other co-owners(s)?

                        Yes__       No__

If yes, please explain the relationship(s):

C2.   Principal Residence:

      Address:_________________________________________
                         Number       Street

              _________________________________________
                City         State         Zip Code


                                       4

<PAGE>

Mailing Address (if other than Principal Residence above):

              _________________________________________
                  Number       Street
              _________________________________________
                City         State         Zip Code

      Home Telephone Number (______)___________________

C3.   Current Employment or Business Activity:

      Company Name: ___________________________________

      Address: ________________________________________
                  Number       Street

               ________________________________________
                City         State         Zip Code

      Business Telephone Number: (___)_________________

      Principal Business: _____________________________

      Position and Title: _____________________________

      Description of Duties and Responsibilities: _____

      _________________________________________________

      Length of Time in Present Position: _____________

      Is the company publicly owned:  Yes ___    No ___

C4.   Education: Please describe your business and/or professional education or
      training, listing any schools you have attended and degrees you have
      received. 

                                          Degrees 
      Dates       School      Major       (Year Received)
      -----       ------      -----       ---------------


                                       5
<PAGE>

C5.   Prior Employment or Business Activity: Please describe your prior
      employment or principal business activities during the last five years,
      providing all information requested below.

                                                        Description of
                Company Name     Principal   Position   Duties and
      Dates     and Address      Business    & Title    Responsibilities
      -----     -----------      --------    -------    ----------------

      -------------------------------------------------------------------

      ------------------------------------------------------------------

      -------------------------------------------------------------------

      -------------------------------------------------------------------

      -------------------------------------------------------------------

      -------------------------------------------------------------------

      -------------------------------------------------------------------

C6.   The undersigned will provide a financial statement if requested by the
      Company.

If Individual:

C7.   Net worth, exclusive of the net worth of your spouse and exclusive of the
      value of your principal residence, furnishings therein and personal
      automobiles (IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOU CHECK THE HIGHEST APPLICABLE
      AMOUNT):

      ( ) less than $100,000       ( ) $100,000 to $149,999
      ( ) $150,000 to $199,999            ( ) $200,000 to $249,999
      ( ) $250,000 to $349,999            ( ) $350,000 to $699,000
      ( ) $700,000 to $799,999            ( ) $800,000 to $1,000,000
                                          ( ) over $1,000,000

If Joint Ownership:

C8.   Net worth, inclusive of the net worth of your spouse and excluding the
      value of your principal residence, furnishings therein and personal
      automobiles (HIGHEST APPLICABLE AMOUNT):

      ( ) less than $100,000      ( ) $100,000 to $149,999
      ( ) $150,000 to $199,999            ( ) $200,000 to $249,999
      ( ) $250,000 to $349,999            ( ) $350,000 to $699,000
      ( ) $700,000 to $799,999            ( ) $800,000 to $1,000,000
                                          ( ) over $1,000,000


                                       6

<PAGE>

C9.   Indicate (a) your individual income from all sources for the calendar
      years 1993 and 1994 and estimated income for 1996 or (b) your joint income
      with your spouse from all sources for the calendar years 1994 and 1995 and
      estimated income for 1996 (IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOU CHECK THE HIGHEST
      APPLICABLE AMOUNT):

      (a)   individual income:

                   $ 60,000   $100,001   $150,000   $200,000
                      to         to         to         to      $300,000
                   $100,000   $149,999   $199,999   $299,000   and over
                   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
      1994          (   )      (   )      (   )      (   )      (   )

      1995          (   )      (   )      (   )      (   )      (   )

      1996          (   )      (   )      (   )      (   )      (   )

      (b)   joint income:

                   $ 60,000   $100,001   $150,000   $200,000
                      to         to         to         to      $300,000
                   $100,000   $149,999   $199,999   $299,000   and over
                   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
      1994          (   )      (   )      (   )      (   )      (   )

      1995          (   )      (   )      (   )      (   )      (   )

      1996          (   )      (   )      (   )      (   )      (   )

C10.  Investment experience:

      (a)   The frequency with which you invest in marketable securities is:
            (   ) often   (   ) occasionally            (   ) never

      (b)   The frequency with which you invest in unmarketable securities is:
            (   ) often   (   ) occasionally            (   ) never

SECTION D:  CORPORATE OFFEREES OR PARTNERSHIP OFFEREES

D1.   General Information

      Legal Name of Corporation or Partnership: _______________________________

      _________________________________________________________________________


                                       7
<PAGE>

      Fictitious name:_____________________________

      State of Incorporation:______________________

      Date  of Incorporation:______________________
      Federal I.D. Number:_________________________

      Fiscal Year Ends:____________________________

      Number of Equity Owners:_____________________

      Name and Title of Executive Officer Executing
      Questionnaire:_______________________________

D2.   Business Address:____________________________

      _____________________________________________

      Mailing Address (if different):______________

      _____________________________________________

      Telephone Number: (___) _____________________

D3.   Name of Primary Bank:

      Address:_____________________________________

      _____________________________________________

      Telephone Number: (___)______________________

      Account Type and Number:_____________________

      Person Familiar with your Account:___________

D4.   Was the corporation or partnership formed for the specific purpose of
      purchasing securities?
                            ___ Yes           ___ No


                                       8
<PAGE>

      Check if applicable to the corporation:

      Subchapter S___                     Professional___

D5.   The undersigned represents and warrants as follows:

      (a)   The corporation or partnership, as the case may be, has been duly
            incorporated or formed (if a partnership) is validly existing as a
            corporation or partnership in good standing under the laws of the
            jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation with full power and
            authority to enter into the transactions contemplated by the
            Agreement:

      (b)         (i) The officers or partners of the undersigned who, on behalf
            of the undersigned, have considered the purchase of the Common Stock
            and the advisers, if any, of the corporation or the partnership, as
            the case may be, in connection with such consideration are named
            below in this Questionnaire, and such officers and advisors or
            partners, if any, were duly authorized to act for the corporation or
            the partnership in reviewing such investment.

                  (ii) The names and positions of the officers or partners, of
            the undersigned who, on its behalf, have reviewed the purchase of
            the Common Stock is as follows:

            ____________________________________

            ____________________________________

                  (iii) In evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of
            the Common Stock the corporation or the partnership, as the case may
            be, intend to rely upon the advice of, or will consult with, the
            following persons:

            ____________________________________

            ____________________________________

            ____________________________________

      (c)   The officers of the corporation (if not Accredited Investors) or the
            partners of the partnership who, on its behalf, have considered the
            purchase of the Common Stock and the advisors, if any, of the
            corporation or the partnership who, in connection with such
            consideration, together have such knowledge and experience in
            financial and business matters that such officer(s), partner(s) and
            such advisor(s), if any, together are capable


                                       9
<PAGE>

            of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of Common Stock
            and of making an informed investment decision;

      (d)   Together with any corporation or group of corporations with which it
            files a consolidated federal income tax return, the undersigned has
            reserves and/or net worth adequate to permit it to satisfy any tax
            or other liabilities arising from its liability with respect to the
            investment and the operation thereof.

      (e)   The net worth of the corporation or the partnership is in excess of
            $___________________

      (f)   The corporation or the partnership has had, during each of the past
            two fiscal or tax years, gross income from all sources of at least 
            $___________________ and $_________________ respectively;

      (g)   The undersigned expects the corporation or the partnership to have
            during the current fiscal or tax year, gross income from all sources
            of at least $_______________; and

      (h)   The undersigned knows of no pending or threatened litigation the
            outcome of which could adversely affect the answer to any question
            hereunder;

      (i)   Indicate the following if a partnership offeree:

            (1) The date the partnership was formed and stat of formation:______

            (2)   The names of each partner in the partnership:

            ____________________________________

            ____________________________________

            Please have each individual partner execute a separate questionnaire
            or forward to the Company a letter from a general partner warranting
            and representing that each partner is sophisticated and has a
            sufficient net worth or salary level to be deemed an Accredited
            Investor.


                                       10

<PAGE>

SECTION E.  TRUST OFFEREES

E1.   General Information:

      Legal Name:___________________________________________

      State of Formation:___________________________________

      Date  of Formation:___________________________________

      Federal I.D. Number:_______ Fiscal Year Ends:_________

      Number of Beneficiaries:______________________________

      Principal Purpose:____________________________________

      Was the trust formed for the specific purpose of purchasing Units?
                          ___ Yes           ___ No

E2.   Business Address:_____________________________________

      ______________________________________________________

      Telephone Number:  (___)______________________________

      Mailing Address_______________________________________

      ______________________________________________________

E3.   Authorization: If the trust was established in connection with a
                        deferred compensation plan, please attach a copy of the
                        trust's organizational documents and a properly
                        certified copy of the resolutions adopted by the trust's
                        board of directors authorizing the trust to purchase the
                        Common Stock and authorizing the trustee named below to
                        execute on behalf of the trust all relevant documents
                        necessary to subscribe for and purchase the Common
                        Stock. In all cases, please attach a properly certified
                        copy of the resolutions adopted by the trustees of the
                        trust authorizing the trust to purchase the Units and
                        authorizing the trustee named below to execute on behalf
                        of the trust all relevant documents necessary to
                        subscribe for and purchase the Units.

                        Name of Authorized Trustee:____________________________


                                       11
<PAGE>

E4.   Please initial the space below if appropriate:

      The Trust has total assets exceeding $5,000,000. _____

E5.   Name of Primary Bank:_________________________________

      Address:______________________________________________

      ______________________________________________________

      Telephone Number: (___)_______________________________

      Account Type and Number:______________________________

      Person Familiar with your Account:____________________

SECTION F. QUALIFIED PENSION PLAN, INCLUDING IRA AND KEOGH PLANS ("PLAN")
OFFEREES

F1.   Please initial the appropriate space below:

_______ a. The Plan requires the investment of each beneficiary or participant
               to be held in a segregated account and the Plan allows each
               beneficiary or participant to make his own investment decisions,
               and the decision to purchase the Units has been made by the
               beneficiary or the participant and such beneficiary or
               participant is an Accredited Investor (Please provide information
               of the same kind requested of individual offerees relating to
               such Investor)

                                       OR

_______ b. The investment decisions made for the Plan are made by a plan
               fiduciary, whether a bank, an insurance company, or a registered
               investment advisor.

                                       OR

_______ c. The Plan has total assets exceeding $5,000,000.


                                       12
<PAGE>

F2.   General Information:

      Legal Name:___________________________________________

      State of Formation:___________________________________

      Date of Formation:____________________________________

      Federal I.D. Number:_______ Fiscal Year Ends:_________

      Number of Beneficiaries:______________________________

      Principal Purpose:____________________________________

F3.   Business Address:_____________________________________

      ______________________________________________________

      Telephone Number:  (___)______________________________

      Mailing Address_______________________________________

      ______________________________________________________

F4.   Authorization:  If the investment decision is being made by a beneficiary
                         or participant of a Plan, please attach applicable
                         trust documents which permit each beneficiary or
                         participant to make his own investment decisions. In
                         all other cases, please attach or reference a copy of
                         the resolutions adopted by the trustees of the Plan
                         trust authorizing the Plan to purchase the Units and
                         authorizing the fiduciary named below to execute on
                         behalf of the Plan all relevant documents necessary to
                         subscribe for and purchase the Units.

      Name of Authorized Fiduciary:_________________________

F5.   Name of Primary Bank:_________________________________

      Address:______________________________________________

      ______________________________________________________

      ______________________________________________________

      Telephone Number: (___)_______________________________


                                       13
<PAGE>

      Account Type and Number:_____________________________

      Person Familiar with your Account:___________________

            The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the foregoing
statements are true and accurate to the best of the information and belief of
the undersigned and the undersigned will promptly notify the Company of any
changes in the foregoing answers.

                                          FOR INDIVIDUALS:


                                          _____________________________________
                                          (Print Name)


                                          _____________________________________
                                          (Print Name)

Dated: ________________, 1997
                                          _____________________________________
                                          (Signature)

                                          FOR CORPORATIONS:


                                          _____________________________________
                                          Name of Company


                                          _____________________________________
                                          Executive Officer of Company


Dated: ________________, 1997             _____________________________________
                                          Signature of Officer


                                       14
<PAGE>

                                          FOR PARTNERSHIPS:


                                          _____________________________________
                                          Name of Partnership


                                          _____________________________________
                                          Name of Partner executing
                                          Questionnaire


Dated: ________________, 1997             _____________________________________
                                          Signature of Partner
                                          executing Questionnaire

                                          FOR TRUSTS:


                                          _____________________________________
                                          Name of Trust


                                          _____________________________________
                                          Name of Authorized Trustee


Dated: ________________, 1997             _____________________________________
                                          Signature of Authorized
                                          Trustee

                                          FOR QUALIFIED PENSION PLANS:


                                          _____________________________________
                                          Name of Qualified Pension Plan

                                                    and


                                          _____________________________________
                                          Name of Plan Fiduciary
                                          executing Questionnaire


                                       15
<PAGE>

Dated: ________________, 1997             _____________________________________
                                          Signature of Plan Fiduciary
                                          executing Questionnaire

                                                        or


                                          _____________________________________
                                          Name of Plan Fiduciary
                                          executing Questionnaire

                                                        or


Dated: ________________, 1997             _____________________________________
                                          Signature of Plan Beneficiary
                                          executing Questionnaire


                                       16


                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

      THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is entered into as of
July 22, 1997 by and among BCAM INTERNATIONAL, INC., a New York corporation
("Company"), Corporate Capital Management ("Investment Banker") and the
subscribers (hereinafter referred to as "Subscribers" or "Investors") to the
Company's offering ("Offering") of up to One Million Five Hundred Thousand
Dollars ($1,500,000) of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Preferred
Stock") pursuant to the Regulation D Securities Subscription Agreement between
the Company and the Subscriber(s) ("Subscription Agreement").

      1. Definitions For purposes of this Agreement:

      (a) The term "register", "registered," and "registration" refer to a
registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or
similar document in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"), and
the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or
document;

      (b) For purposes of the Required Registration under Section 2 hereof, the
term "Registrable Securities" means the shares of the Company's Common Stock
issuable or issued upon (i) conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock (the
"Preferred Stock") issued to Subscribers in the Offering and (ii) exercise of
the Warrants.

            For purposes of a Piggyback Registration under Section 3 hereof,
"Registrable Securities" shall have the meaning set forth above, except that the
following shall not constitute Registrable Securities for purposes of a
Piggyback Registration under Section 3 hereof:

      1.    shares of Common Stock obtainable (x) on conversion of the Preferred
            Stock (in whole or in part) and (y) on exercise of the Warrant (the
            "Warrant Shares"), shall not constitute Registrable Securities if
            those shares of Common Stock may be resold in a public transaction
            without registration under the Act, including without limitation
            pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act, and

      2.    any Registrable Securities resold in a public transaction shall
            cease to constitute Registrable Securities.

      (c) The number of shares of "Registrable Securities then outstanding"
shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock which have been
issued or are issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock and exercise of
the Warrants at the time of such determination;


                                       1
<PAGE>

      (d) The term "Holder" means any person owning or having the right to
acquire Registrable Securities or any permitted assignee thereof;

      (e) The term "Warrants" means the warrants granted to any Subscriber(s)
the Investment Banker or to any persons designated by them in connection with
this Offering;

      (f) The term "Initiating Holders" means (i) holders of Registrable
Securities obtained or obtainable upon conversion of at least Two Hundred (200)
shares of Preferred Stock; and

      (g) The term "Due Date" means the date which is ninety (90) days after the
Last Closing of the initial tranche (as defined in the Subscription Agreement)
of the Offering (as defined in the Subscription Agreement).

      2. Required Registration

      (a) Within thirty (30) days after the Last Closing of the initial tranche
of the Offering (as defined in the Subscription Agreement), the company shall
file a registration statement ("Registration Statement") on form S-3 (or other
suitable form, at the Company's discretion but subject to the reasonable
approval of the Investors), covering the resale of all shares of Registrable
Securities then outstanding.

      (b)   The Registration Statement shall be done as a "shelf" registration
            statement under Rule 415, and shall be maintained effective until
            the distribution described in the Registration Statement is
            completed. The Company shall use its best efforts to have the
            Registration Statement declared effective within ninety (90) days
            after the Last Closing of the initial tranche (as defined in the
            Subscription Agreement).

      3. Piggyback Registration. If the Registration Statement described in
Section 2 is not effective by the Due Date, and If (but without any obligation
to do so) the company proposes to register (including for this purpose a
registration effected by the Company for shareholders other than the Holders)
any of its Common Stock under the Act in connection with the public offering of
such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely for
the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan or a registration
on Form S-4 promulgated under the Act or any successor or similar form
registering stock issuable upon a reclassification, upon a business combination
involving an exchange of securities or upon an exchange offer for securities of
the issuer or another entity), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give
each Holder written notice of such registration (a "Piggyback Registration
Statement"). Upon the written request of each Holder given by fax within ten
(10) days after mailing of such notice by the Company, which request shall state
the intended method of disposition of such shares by such Holder, the Company
shall cause to be included in such registration statement under the Act all of
the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered


                                       2
<PAGE>

("Piggyback Registration"), nothing herein shall prevent the Company from
withdrawing or abandoning the registration statement prior to its effectiveness.

      4. Limitation on Obligations to Register

      (a) In the case of a Piggyback Registration on an underwritten public
offering by the Company, if the managing underwriter determines and advises in
writing that the inclusion in the registration statement of all Registrable
Securities proposed to be included would interfere with the successful marketing
of the securities proposed to be registered by the company, then the number of
such Registrable Securities to be included in the registration statement shall
be allocated among all Holders who had requested Piggyback Registration, in the
proportion that the number of Registrable Securities which each such Holder,
including Investment Banker, seeks to register bears to the total number of
Registrable Securities sought to be included by all Holders, including
Investment Banker.

      (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall
have the right (i) to defer the initial filing or request for acceleration of
effectiveness of any Piggyback Registration Statement or (ii) after
effectiveness, to suspend effectiveness of any such registration statement, if,
in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company and upon the
written advice of counsel to the Company, which delay in filing or requesting
acceleration of effectiveness or such suspension of effectiveness is necessary
in light of (i) the requirement by the underwriter in a public offering by the
Company that such Registration Statement be delayed or suspended or (ii) the
existence of material non-public information (financial or otherwise) concerning
the Company, disclosure of which at the time is not, in the opinion of the board
of directors of the Company upon the advice of counsel, (A) otherwise required
and (B) in the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that solely in
the case of a demand registration the Company will not delay filing or suspend
effectiveness of such registration for more than three (3) months from the date
of demand, unless it is then engaged in an acquisition that would make such
registration impracticable, in which case it will use its best efforts to
eliminate such impracticability as soon as possible after such three (3) month
period.

      (c) In the event the Company believes that shares sought to be registered
under Section 2 or Section 3 by Holders do not constitute "Registrable
Securities" by virtue of Section 1 (b) of this Agreement, and the status of
those shares as Registrable Securities is disputed, the Company shall provide,
at its expense, an Opinion of Counsel, reasonably acceptable to the Holders of
the Securities at issue (and satisfactory to the Company's transfer agent to
permit the sale and transfer) that those securities may be sold immediately,
without restriction or resale, without registration under the Act, by virtue of
Rule 144 or applicable provisions.

      5. Obligations of the Company Whenever required under this Agreement to
effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as
expeditiously as reasonably possible:


                                       3
<PAGE>

      (a) In the event that the number of shares available under a registration
statement filed pursuant to Section 2 or 3 above is insufficient to cover all of
the Registrable Securities then outstanding, the Company shall amend that
registration statement, or file a new registration statement, or both, so as to
cover all shares of Registrable Securities then outstanding. The Company shall
use its best efforts to effect such amendment or new registration within ninety
(90) days of the date the registration statement filed under Section 2 or 3 is
insufficient to cover all the shares of Registrable Securities then outstanding.
Unless and until such amendment or new registration statement is effective, the
Investors shall have the rights described in Section 2(c) above.

      (b) Prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") a
registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its
best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

      (c) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such
registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such
registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the
Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such
registration statement.

      (d) With respect to any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this
Agreement, keep such registration statement effective until the Holders of
Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement have completed the
distribution described in the registration statement.

      (e) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus,
including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the
Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order
to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

      (f) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by
such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such
jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of the Registrable
Securities covered by such registration statement, provided that the Company
shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto qualify
to do business or to file a general consent to service or process in any such
states or jurisdictions.

      (g) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and
perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary
form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating
in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under
such agreement.

      (h) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such
registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is
required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result
of which the prospectus included in such 


                                       4
<PAGE>

registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of
material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in lights of the
circumstances then existing.

      (i) Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of
Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, on the date that such
Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection
with a registration pursuant to this Agreement, if such securities are being
sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through
underwriters, on the date the registration statement with respect to such
securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date of the outside
counsel of recognized standing (or reasonably acceptable to Holder) representing
the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is
customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed
to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of
Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, form the independent
certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering,
addressed to the underwriters, if any, and the Holders requesting registration
of Registrable Securities.

      (j) As promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such event, notify
each Investor of the happening of any event of which the Company has knowledge,
as a result of which the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, as
then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statement therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading, and use its best efforts promptly to prepare a supplement or
amendment to the Registration Statement to correct such untrue statement or
omission, and deliver a number of copies of such supplement or amendment to each
Investor as such Investor may reasonably request.

      (k) Provide Holders with written notice of the sate that a registration
statement registering the resale of the Registrable Securities is declared
effective by the SEC.

      (l) Provide Holders and their representatives the opportunity to conduct a
reasonable due diligence inquiry of Company's pertinent financial and other
records and make available its officers, directors and employees for questions
regarding such information as it relates to information contained in the
registration statement.

      (m) Provide Holders and their representatives the opportunity to review
the registration statement and all amendments thereto a reasonable period of
time prior to their filing with the SEC.

      6. Furnish Information It shall be a condition precedent to the
obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Agreement with
regard to each selling Holder that such selling Holders shall furnish to the
Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held
by them, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be
required to effect the registration of their 


                                       5
<PAGE>

Registrable Securities or to determine that registration is not required
pursuant to Rule 144 or other applicable provision of the Act.

      7. Expenses of Registration All expenses other than underwriting discounts
and commissions and fees and expenses of counsel to the selling Holders incurred
in connection with registrations, filing or qualifications pursuant to Sections
2 and 3, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and
qualification fees, printers' and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of
counsel for the Company, shall be borne by the Company.

      8. Indemnification In the event any Registrable Securities are included in
a registration statement under this Agreement.

      (a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold
harmless each Holder, the officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter
(as defined in the Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls
such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"), against any losses, claims,
damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject
under the Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise
out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or
violations (collectively a "Violation"): (i) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement,
including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or
any amendment or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation by the
Company of the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities law or any rule or
regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities law,
and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, officer or director,
underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss,
claim, subsection 10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any
such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected
without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss,
claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is
based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such
registration by any such Holder, officer, director, underwriter or controlling
person.

      (b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not
jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors,
each of its officers who have signed the registrations statement, each person,
if any, who controls the company within the meaning of the Act, any underwriter
and any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement or any of
its directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any
losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or 


                                       6
<PAGE>

several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person,
or underwriter or controlling person, or other such Holder or director, officer
or controlling person may become subject, under the Act, the 1934 Act or other
federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities
(or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in
each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such
Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such
Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the
Company and any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or
controlling person, other Holder, officer, director, or controlling person in
connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability, or action, provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained
in this subsection 10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any
such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected
without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, provided, that, in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection
10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder

      (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 10
of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action),
such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against
any indemnifying party under this Section 10, deliver to the indemnifying party
a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall
have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so
desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume
the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided,
however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own
counsel, with the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of one such counsel to
be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party
by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to
actual or potential conflicting interests between such indemnified party and any
other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to
deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the
commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such
action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the
indemnified party under this Section 10, but the omission so to delivery written
notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it
may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 10.

      (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of
this Section 10 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an
indemnified party for any reason, the Company and each holder of Registrable
Securities agree to contribute to the aggregate claims, losses, damages and
liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection
with investigating or defining same) (collectively "Losses") to which the
Company and one or more of the holders of Registrable Securities may be subject
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the
Company and the holders in connection with the statements or omissions which
resulted in such Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall any holder be
responsible for any 


                                       7
<PAGE>

amount in excess of the net purchase price of securities sold by it under the
registration statement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to
whether any alleged untrue statement or omission relates to information provided
by the Company or by the holder. The Company and the holders agree that it would
not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation
or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable
considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of the is
paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 10, each person who controls a
holder of Registrable Securities within the meaning of either the Securities Act
or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, partner, employee and agent of a
holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such holder, and each
person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Securities Act
or the Exchange Act and each director of the Company, and each officer of the
Company who has signed the registration statement, shall have the same rights to
contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and
conditions of this paragraph (d).

      (e) The obligations of the company and Holders under this Section 10 shall
survive the redemption and conversion, if any, of Preferred Stock, the
completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement
under this Agreement, and otherwise.

      9. Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934 With a view to making
available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act and
any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to
sell securities of the Company to the public without registration, the Company
agrees to:

      (a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are
understood and defined in SEC Rule 144;

      (b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents
required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and

      (c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable
Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company, if
true, that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144, the
Act and the 1934 Act, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report
of the company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and
(iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any
Holder of any rule of regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any
such securities without registration.

      10. Amendment of Registration Rights Any provision of this Agreement may
be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a
particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the
written consent 


                                       8
<PAGE>

of the company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities
provided that the amendment treats all Holders equally. Any amendment or waiver
effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder,
each future Holder, and the Company.

      11. Notices All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall
be made in writing signed by the party making the same, shall specify the
section under this Agreement pursuant to which it is given, and shall be
addressed if to (i) the Company at: President, BCAM International, Inc., 1800
Walt Whitman Road, Melville, NY 11747, Telephone No. (516) 752-3550, Telecopy
No. (516) 752-3558 and (ii) the Holders at their respective last address as the
party shall have furnished in writing as a new address to be entered on such
register. Any notice, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be
made by fax and shall be deemed given at the time of transmission of the fax.

      12. Termination This Agreement shall terminate on the date that is two (2)
years from the date of this Agreement; but without prejudice to (i) the
parities' rights and obligations arising from breaches of this Agreement
occurring prior to such termination (ii) other indemnification obligations under
this Agreement or (iii) the Company's obligation to maintain the effectiveness
of registration statement filed prior thereto in accordance with the terms
hereof, and to fulfill its obligation hereunder in respect thereof until it is
no longer required to maintain the effectiveness thereof.

      13. Assignment No assignment, transfer or delegation, whether by operation
of law or otherwise, of any rights or obligations under this Agreement by the
Company or any Holder, respectively, shall be made without the prior written
consent of the majority in interest of the Holders or the Company, respectively;
provided that the right of a Holder may be transferred to a subsequent holder of
the Holder's Registrable Securities (provided such transferee shall provide to
the Company, together with or prior to such transferee's request to have such
Registrable Shares included in a Piggyback Registration, a writing executed by
such transferee agreeing to be bound as a Holder by the terms of the Agreement);
and provided further that the Company may transfer its rights and obligations
under this Agreement to a purchaser of all or a substantial portion of its
business if the obligations of the company under this Agreement are assumed in
connection with such transfer, either by merger or other operation of law (which
may include without limitation a transaction whereby the Registrable Shares are
converted into securities of the successor in interest) or by specific
assumption executed by the transferee.

                           (Intentionally Left Blank)

      15. Governing Law This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made
in and wholly to be performed in that jurisdiction, except for matters arising
under the Actor the 


                                       9
<PAGE>

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which matters shall be construed and
interpreted in accordance with such laws.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Registration Rights
Agreement as of the date first above written.


                                              BCAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                    
                                    
                                              By: \s\ Michael Strauss
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                  Michael Strauss
                                    
                                      Address:    BCAM International, Inc.
                                                  1800 Walt Whitman Road
                                                  Melville, NY  11747


                                               By: \s\ Mark Savage
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Mark Savage, President


                                      Address:     Corporate Capital Management
                                                   14345 23rd Avenue North
                                                   Plymouth, Minnesota  55447


                                                   INVESTOR(S)

                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Investor's Name

                                               By:
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   (Signature)

                                      Address:
                                                   -----------------------------

                                                   -----------------------------

                                                   -----------------------------


                                       10



                                            October 4, 1996

Mr. Richard Cooper
Chairman of the Board -
Chief Executive Officer

Stan Altschuler
President -
Chief Operating Officer

Strategic Growth International, Inc.
111 Great Neck Road
Suite 606
Great Neck, NY  11021

Dear Rich & Stan:

      This letter is to confirm the agreement under which Strategic Growth
International, Inc. will serve as Investor Relations Consultant to BCAM
International, Inc. ("the Company").

DUTIES:

As Investor Relations Consultant, you will:

      a)    Consult with the management of the Company on Investor Relations
            aspects of shareholder communications, including how to arrange and
            conduct meetings with the professional investment community and
            investor groups; how to communicate the corporate message to
            specified audiences, and how to enhance relations with security
            analysts and the financial press.

      b)    Help develop and implement a comprehensive Investor Relations
            program. Each plan will be designed to achieve results-oriented
            quantified goals and objectives.

      c)    Provide professional staff services as may be reasonably required to
            help the Company carry out its programs and objectives.

The scope of SGI's services shall not include any activities related to or
regarding the raising of funds. Such activities shall be subject to a separate
agreement.

<PAGE>

Mr. Richard Cooper & Stanley Altschuler
October 4, 1996
Page 2


LIABILITY:

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless SGI from and against any and
all losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities which SGI may incur based
upon information, representations, reports or data furnished by the Company to
the extent that such material is furnished, prepared or approved by the Company
for use by SGI.

OUT OF POCKET EXPENSES:

The Company will reimburse SGI for all reasonable out-of-pocket disbursements,
including travel expenses, made in the performance of its duties under this
agreement. Items, such as luncheons with the professional investment community,
graphic design and printing, postage, long distance telephone calls, etc., will
be billed as incurred.

RECORDS AND RECORD KEEPING:

SGI will maintain accurate records of all out-of-pocket expenditures incurred on
behalf of the Company. Authorization for projects and operating activities will
be obtained in advance before commitments are made.

TERMS OF PAYMENT:

Billings will be done monthly for the coming month. Expenses and charges will be
included in the following month's bill.

Payment will be due within ten (10) days upon receipt of invoice.

SERVICE FEES:

The Company will pay SGI a monthly retainer fee of $6,000 for services under
this agreement. The monthly retainer shall commence on September 1, 1996 for one
year.

In addition, immediately upon execution of this agreement, the Company will
issue a grant of a four year option for SGI to purchase 100,000 shares of the
Company's common stock at the closing per share bid price on August 20, 1996,
plus up to 300,000 additional options to purchase common stock of the Company,
exercisable over four years from grant, at the closing bid price on the date of
grant with the date or dates of grant and amount of shares to be based upon
fulfillment of certain performance standards as shall be determined by the
Company's Chief Executive Officer.

<PAGE>

Mr. Richard Cooper & Stanley Altschuler
October 4, 1996
Page 3


TERMS OF AGREEMENT:

This agreement is to extend from September 1, 1996 for one year. The agreement
shall be automatically renewed in one year, unless either party provides written
notice by August 1, 1997.

This agreement shall be governed by and subject to the jurisdiction of and law
of New York State.

Please confirm agreement to the above by endorsing all three (3) copies and
returning two (2) copies to BCAM International, Inc.

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:


/s/ Michael Strauss                         \s\ Richard Cooper
- -------------------                         ------------------
BCAM International, Inc.                    Strategic Growth International, Inc.

AT/gll



                                    CONTRACT

Customer:  BCAM International, Inc.

Date: January 21, 1997

Term of Contract:  One Year

Contract Begins:  February 1, 1997

*************************************************************************

The undersigned, acting on behalf of BCAM International, Inc. ("the customer"),
hereby contracts with R.J. Falkner & Company, Inc. for a period of not less than
one year, for the provision of consulting services to include, but not be
limited to the following:

(1) The preparation of at least two "Research Profile" reports during the next
twelve months;

(2) Distribution of such reports to over 8,000 retail brokers and 2,300+ money
managers in the U.S., Canada and Europe;

(3) Exposure of Research Profile reports to high-net-worth individual investors
via StreetNet, an Internet investor information service affiliated with BUYSIDE
magazine;

(4) Distribution of news releases and other shareholder communiques to the
brokerage community, institutional and individual investors, and research
analysts; and

(5) Telephone and personal meetings between R. Jerry Falkner, CFA and investor
groups, regional/national brokerage firms, and/or institutional investors, when
appropriate, in order to stimulate interest in the customer's common stock
within the investment community.

A cash retainer fee will be paid to R.J. Falkner & Company, Inc. at the rate of
$1,500 per month in advance. In addition to such monthly retainer, the customer
will be invoiced for reimbursement of expenses directly incurred in the
provision of these services on a monthly basis. Such expenses will primarily
involve publishing, printing and postage costs related to the distribution of
"Research Profile" reports and shareholder communiques; telephone calls placed
on the customer's behalf; and travel expenses required to visit the customer
and/or for trips to visit brokerage firms/investor groups/institutions on behalf
of the customer (such trip expenses are pro-rated among several customers). Such
reimbursable expenses shall not exceed $500 per month, except in those months
(twice each year) when "Research Profile" reports are printed and distributed to
the investment community on the customer's behalf. Documentation of all
reimbursable expenses will be provided on each monthly invoice, and the customer
agrees to reimburse R.J. Falkner & Company, Inc. for such expenses within 30
days following receipt of such invoices.

<PAGE>

In addition to the cash compensation outlined above, Mr. Falkner will be granted
a ten-year option to purchase 45,000 shares of BCAM International's common
stock, with such option to be issued no later than February 15, 1997. The
exercise price on the option will be equivalent to the closing market price of
BCAM's common stock on the date of option issuance.

This contract may be canceled by the Customer after twelve months upon written
notice to be received by R.J. Falkner & Company within a ten-day period ending
February 1, 1998. If such notice is not forthcoming, the services of R.J.
Falkner & Company, Inc. will continue on a month-to-month basis. At any time
after completion of the initial one-year term of the contract's starting date,
either party may cancel the services of R.J. Falkner & Company, Inc. upon 60
days' written notice. If the customer chooses to terminate the services of R.J.
Falkner & Company, Inc. all advance retainer fees for the months remaining in
the initial twelve-month term of the contract, plus any unreimbursed expenses.

In the event of dispute, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its
costs, including reasonable attorney's fees.

The parties acknowledge that this contract is entered into in the State of
Colorado and that performance of the contract will be accomplished within the
states of Colorado and Texas.

Signed


\s\ Michael Strauss
- -------------------
Michael Strauss
Chief Executive Officer
BCAM International, Inc.


\s\ R. Jerry Falkner
- --------------------
R. Jerry Falkner, CFA
President
R.J. Falkner & Company, Inc.

Date: 1/21/97

Note: Please retain one original copy of this contract for your records, and
return one original copy to R.J. Falkner & Company, Inc.



                          DELATSITE COMMUNICATIONS CORP

                          (Formerly The Info Shop Inc.)

                                25 East Loop Road
                           Stony Brook, New York 11790

       (516) 444-6009 Phone (516) 444-8825 Fax HTTP://WWW.INFOSHOP.COM URL

February 2, 1997

Mr. Robert Wong
BCAM International, Inc.
1800 Walt Whitman Road
Melville, NY  11790

Dear Robert:

Based on the meetings we have had and the materials that you sent to us about
MQPro(TM) we are pleased to submit the following proposal for a World Wide Web
site for MQPro(TM) for your consideration.

We will create and host a site in the MQPRO(TM) domain that will consist of a
"home page" and links to other pages contained in the site. The "Website Index"
contained in your materials suggest that you would like links to pages for:

o   Human Modeling:  An Introduction to Computer Aided Ergonomics

o   Computer Aided Design and Engineering on the PC

o   Overview of MQPro(TM)

o   Features of MQPro(TM)

o   Background of MQPro(TM)

o   System Requirements

o   Release Date

o   Cost

o   Custom Applications

o   Ergonomics Consulting

o   Where to find us

o   Mailing List

<PAGE>

                                      -2-


                                                                February 2, 1997

In addition to the above we would suggest links to pages for:

o  Download Demo of MQPro(TM) 

o  Customer Support (E-Mail link) 

o  FAQ (for frequently asked questions) 

o  Guestbook Order MQPro(TM) (an on-line order form) 

o  Links to other sites

After discussions, we may decide to combine some of the above pages.

During our discussions, we have agreed that BCAM will supply us with the
graphics for the site from its MQPro(TM) program in a form that can be converted
to either .gif or .jpg for use on the Web. This will include the individual
frames that when placed together will make animated .gifs so that we can
simulate motion. Therefore, this proposal does not anticipate the creation of
additional custom graphics, which would be prepared by graphic artists. BCAM has
also provided us with the basic text for the site.

We estimate that the site will be the equivalent of 15 to 20 8 1/2 x 11 printed
pages when completed and base this proposal on a site of up to 20 of these
pages. (MQPro(TM)Web Site).

During our various discussions, you have indicated a strong desire to keep the
cash flow implications to BCAM for the creation of this Web site to an absolute
minimum. I have indicated that I would be willing to consider stock options
under your employee/supplier stock option plan as partial compensation for the
site. Therefore, I propose to charge BCAM a flat one time fee of $2,000 for the
site. This will help to defray some of my direct out of pocket cost for the
programmers that will develop and implement the site. As additional compensation
in lieu of normal charges which would normally be in excess of $10,0000 for a
site of this magnitude I would be granted 25,000 stock options. *

In addition, we would give BCAM a preferential rate on the monthly display and
storage charges. We will charge $10.00 per month per page, which is the lowest
fee charged to any customer.

I have given a great deal of thought to our discussion about what would be
appropriate to charge for the storage and downloading of the demo program. As I
told you we have never permitted this before and I am not sure what to expect in
terms of heavy requirements on our system for downloading of such a large file.
You suggested that I "come up with something" that we could both review after
six months. I therefore suggest that we store the program (which I understand is
approximately three to four megabytes) at no charge and that we charge you "by
the download". Since this would be a very economical way for BCAM to distribute
the demo program (no disks, no postage, no disk creation charge, etc.) perhaps a
fee of $1.50** to $2.00** per download would be reasonable. The main advantage
to BCAM of this method is that you only have incurred a cost if someone actually
downloads the demo. I am open to any additional suggestions you may have on this
matter.


<PAGE>

                                      -3-


                                                                February 2, 1997

I am looking forward to working on the MQPro(TM) site. I believe that we can
make some "cool" animations from the output of your program and that this will
help us create an award-wining site that will serve as resource to the field of
ergonomics and be of great assistance to BCAM in the marketing, sales and
customer support of the program.

I look forward to hearing from you soon.


Sincerely,


\s\ Jerold B. Krupnick


Jerold B. Krupnick
President


\s\RPW     *  These 25,000 stock options will also include a second web site for
- ------
\s\JK         bcamergo, a flat one time fee of $2,000. This second Web site will
- -----         also be the equivalent of 15 to 20 8 1/2 X 11 printed pages when
              completed. Creation fee only. Does not include monthly display and
              storage fee.

\s\RPW   **   After six months, Delatsite Communications Corp. agrees to 
- ------        renegotiate the fee down for per download, based upon the 
\s\JK         experience during the first six months.
- -----


                     Accepted by:     \s\ Robert P. Wong
                                      ------------------
                                      Robert P. Wong
                                      Vice Chairman - Chief Technology Officer



                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT

         This Agreement is made this 15 day of May, 1997, by and between Imin
Kao, with a principal place of business at 17 Botany Lane, Stony Brook, NY
11790, and BCAM International, Inc., a New York corporation with its principal
office located in Melville, New York. Imin Kao and BCAM will be referred to in
this Agreement as "Consultant" and "Company", respectively. The SUNY at Stony
Brook is referred to as the "University" in this Agreement.

         A. The Company desires to retain the Consultant as an independent
Consultant to collaborate with and advise the Company regarding research,
development, testing, validating and technology management in the area of
micromechanical devices including electronic design control circuits for such
devices and processes.

         B. The Consultant is willing to serve as a Consultant under the
terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the
parties agree as follows:

      1.    Consulting Services. Beginning January 1, 1997 and as requested by
            the Company the Consultant agrees to serve as a Consultant to the
            Company regarding its micromechanical devices and processes as
            specified by the Company. Consultant confirms that he is free to
            enter into this Agreement without conflict with his nominal
            employment as a professor at the University. Consultant confirms
            that University resources will not be used under this Consulting
            Agreement.

      2.    Terms of Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the
            day stated in Paragraph 1 hereinabove and end two (2) years
            hereafter unless the Consultant receives written notification by the
            Company of its intent to terminate this Agreement prior to that
            date. Termination shall be effective upon Consultant's receipt of
            such notice.

      3.    Consulting Fee. In consideration for the Consultant's services the
            Company agrees to pay the Consultant a fee of Seven Hundred Fifty
            dollars ($750) per month beginning in January 1, 1997.

      *     In addition, the Company agrees to pay the Consultant a fee of Two
            Thousand Five Hundred dollars ($2,500) after the testing of Phase I
            (designed Task 1.6) of the microvavle project described in the
            Memorandum of Agreement between MCNC and Company dated 1/23/97 and
            amended 3/25/97.

<PAGE>

      *     As additional compensation and incentive, the Company will grant to
            Consultant the right to purchase 5,000 shares of Company's stock at
            the average of bid and ask price at the date of May 7, 1997. This
            right will expire on May 7, 1999.

      4.    Inventions. Consultant and his employees, assistants, aids and the
            like shall assign all rights, title, and interest to inventions
            derived from Consultant's disclosures to Company subject to the
            following constraints:

         Consultant shall turn over his disclosure notebooks to Company for all
inventions conceived while working under this Agreement by submitting through a
notarized affidavit. The Company shall have 24 months following such disclosure
to file a patent application(s).

         In the Event that the Company does not file the patent application
within the defined 24 month period, the Company will return the related
disclosure notebook(s) to Consultant within 30 days. In the event further that
Company does not elect to file the patent application within the defined 24
month period, the Company forgoes its rights to the disclosed invention and
Consultant and Consultant's assignees are free to file a patent application with
full ownership rights as the assignee.

         In the event that the Consultant obtains help or assistance from an
employee research assistant or the like, the Consultant shall require the
employee, assistant or the like to assign all of his/her rights, title and
interest in any invention to the Company. Furthermore, the Consultant shall
obtain such agreement as well as an agreement respecting confidentiality in
advance of such other person performing services for Consultant.

Consultant agrees to cooperate fully and assist the Company with any patent
application undertaken by the Company.

      5.    It is agreed that the Consultant's work as a Consultant is that of
            an independent contractor and not as an employee of the Company. As
            such, the Consultant is not entitled to benefits and privileges
            accorded to staff and personnel by virtue of their status as
            employees. As an independent contractor the Consultant acknowledges
            that the Consultant has no authority to hold himself out as other
            than a Consultant to the Company.

      6.    Consultant agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a
            period of two (2) years following the termination of this Agreement,
            the Consultant will not work, either as an employee, independent
            contractor, Consultant or any capacity for any competitor of the
            Company or its affiliates without written authorization from the
            Company. Consultant acknowledges that he understand the scope and
            effect of this two (2) year non-compete term and agrees that the
            term is reasonable.

<PAGE>

      7.    The Consultant shall execute with this Agreement a Confidentiality
            and Nondisclosure Agreement with the Company. In any area or areas
            where said Confidentiality and Nondisclosure Agreement disagrees or
            conflicts with the present Agreement, the present Agreement takes
            precedence.

      8.    Unless otherwise provided, this Agreement shall terminate
            immediately upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

                  A.    Death or total disability of the Consultant
                  B.    As set forth in Paragraph 2
                  C.    Upon breach by Company or Consultant of any of the
                        condition of this Agreement.

      9.    Governing Law and Jurisdiction. The terms of this Agreement shall be
            construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Any
            dispute arising out of this Agreement shall be resolved in the
            courts of the State of New York.

      10.   Payments made by the Company for the services of Consultant under
            this Agreement shall be made to Imin Kao, 17 Botany Lane, Stony
            Brook, NY 11790.

      11.   Modification. This Agreement may only be amended by a written
            instrument signed by both parties.

IN WITNESS OF THIS AGREEMENT the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered
this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

IMIN KAO                                    BCAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.


\s\ Imin Kao                                By: \s\ Robert P. Wong
- ------------------------------                  -------------------------------
                                                Robert P. Wong, Vice Chairman



                                    July 23, 1997

Mr. Charles G. Schuyler
President
Drew Shoe Corporation
252 Quarry Road
P.O. Box 300
Lancaster, Ohio   43130

Dear Chuck:

         Attached is a check for $25,000 representing our agreement to extend
the deadline for the closing of the Drew Shoe Acquisition as outlined in the
Purchase Agreement dated March 20, 1997 from March 28, 1997 to September 15,
1997.

         It is understood that this payment will be applied towards the purchase
price, should the acquisition be completed by September 15, 1997. However, if
the acquisition is not completed within this period, the amount of $25,000 will
be nonrefundable.

         Please sign below and return an original signed copy to my attention.

                                    Sincerely,


                                                     \s\ Michael Strauss


\s\ Charles G. Schuyler
- -----------------------
Concur:  Charles G. Schuyler
         Drew Shoe Corporation

MS/kjt

<PAGE>

                                    July 23, 1997

Mr. Frank Shyjka
Executive Vice President
Drew Shoe Corporation
252 Quarry Road
P.O. Box 300
Lancaster, Ohio   43130

Dear Frank:

         Attached is a check for $25,000 representing our agreement to extend
the deadline for the closing of the Drew Shoe Acquisition as outlined in the
Purchase Agreement dated March 20, 1997 from March 28, 1997 to September 15,
1997.

         It is understood that this payment will be applied towards the purchase
price, should the acquisition be completed by September 15, 1997. However, if
the acquisition is not completed within this period, the amount of $25,000 will
be nonrefundable.

         Please sign below and return an original signed copy to my attention.

                                    Sincerely,


                                              \s\ Michael Strauss


\s\ Frank Shyjka
- ---------------------
Concur:  Frank Shyjka
         Drew Shoe Corporation

MS/kjt



                                  Exhibit 24.3

                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated February 27, 1997(except Note 10, as to which the date
is March 28, 1997), in the Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 on Form SB-2 to the
Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 33-47612) and related Prospectus of BCAM
International, Inc.


                                        /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Melville, New York
September 4, 1997



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission